Hyundai Grand i10 2015 Owner's Manual

Hyundai Grand i10 2015 Owner's Manual
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
FUEL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5
1
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your vehicle. Your Owner’s Manual can assist you
in many ways. We strongly recommend
that you read the entire manual. In order
to minimize the chance of death or injury,
you must read the WARNING and CAUTION sections in the manual.
Illustrations complement the words in this
manual to best explain how to enjoy your
vehicle. By reading your manual, you
learn about features, important safety
information, and driving tips under various road conditions.
The general layout of the manual is provided in the Table of Contents. Use the
index when looking for a specific area or
subject; it has an alphabetical listing of all
information in your manual.
Chapters: This manual has eight chapters plus an index. Each section begins
with a brief list of contents so you can tell
at a glance if that section has the information you want.
1 2
You’ll
find
various
WARNING’s,
CAUTION’s, and NOTICE’s in this manual. These were prepared to enhance your
personal safety. You should carefully read
and follow ALL procedures and recommendations
provided
in
these
WARNING’s, CAUTION’s and NOTICE’s.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a situation in
which harm, serious bodily injury or
death could result if the warning is
ignored.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a situation in
which damage to your vehicle could
result if the caution is ignored.
✽ NOTICE
NOTICE indicates interesting or helpful
information is being provided.
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
Unleaded
Your new vehicle is designed to use only
unleaded fuel having an Octane Rating
of RON (Research Octane Number) 91 /
AKI (Anti-Knock Index) 87 or higher.
Your new vehicle is designed to obtain
maximum performance with UNLEADED
FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark plug fouling.
CAUTION
NEVER USE LEADED FUEL. The
use of leaded fuel is detrimental to
the catalytic converter and will
damage the engine control system’s oxygen sensor and affect
emission control.
Never add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified. (We recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
details)
Leaded (if equipped)
For some countries, your vehicle is
designed to use leaded gasoline. When
you are going to use leaded gasoline, we
recommend that you ask an authorzied
HYUNDAI dealer whether leaded gasoline in your vehicle is available or not.
Octane Rating of leaded gasoline is
same with unleaded one.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
1 3
Introduction
Gasoline containing alcohol and
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol),
and gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol (also known as wood alcohol)
are being marketed along with or instead
of leaded or unleaded gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more than
10% ethanol, and do not use gasoline or
gasohol containing any methanol. Either
of these fuels may cause drivability problems and damage the fuel system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any kind if
drivability problems occur. Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be
covered by the manufacturer’s warranty if
they result from the use of:
1. Gasohol containing more than 10%
ethanol.
2. Gasoline or gasohol containing
methanol.
3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.
(Except for vehicle designed to use
leaded gasoline for some countries)
CAUTION
Never use gasohol which contains
methanol. Discontinue use of any
gasohol product which impairs drivability.
1 4
Use of MTBE
HYUNDAI recommends avoiding fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl
Ether) over 15.0% vol. (Oxygen Content
2.7% weight) in your vehicle.
Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) may
reduce vehicle performance and produce
vapor lock or hard starting.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and any performance problems that are caused by the use of
fuels containing methanol or fuels
containing MTBE (Methyl Tertiary
Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.
(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)
Do not use methanol
Fuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) should not be used in your vehicle.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle performance and damage components of
the fuel system.
CAUTION
Your New Vehicle Limited Warranty
may not cover damage to the fuel
system and performance problems
that are caused by the use of
methanol or fuels containing
methanol.
Introduction
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
Gasolines for cleaner air
To help contribute to cleaner air,
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
gasolines treated with detergent additives, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine. These gasolines will
help the engine run cleaner and enhance
performance of the Emission Control
System.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle in
another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is available.
No special break-in period is needed. By
following a few simple precautions for the
first 1,000 km (600 miles) you may add to
the performance, economy and life of
your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine speed
(rpm, or revolutions per minute)
between 2,000 rpm and 4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for long
periods of time, either fast or slow.
Varying engine speed is needed to
properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat properly.
• Don't let the engine idle longer than 3
minutes at one time.
1 5
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
ENGINE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
2
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Left-hand drive
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-17
2. Outside rearview mirror folding
button* ..............................................4-39
3. Outside rearview mirror control
switch* ..............................................4-38
4. Power window lock button*................4-28
5. Power window switches* ..................4-26
6. Central door lock switch* ..................4-18
7. Headlight leveling device* ................4-64
8. Rear parking assist system OFF
button* ..............................................5-33
9. ESC OFF button* ..............................5-26
10. Steering wheel tilt lever*..................4-35
11. Fuse box..........................................7-49
12. Hood release lever ..........................4-30
13. Clutch pedal* ..................................5-11
14. Brake pedal ....................................5-20
15. Fuel filler lid opener ........................4-32
16. Seats ................................................3-2
17. Key ignition switch/
Engine start/stop button ..............5-4/5-6
* : if equipped
OBA013003L
2 2
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Right-hand drive
1. Door lock/unlock button ....................4-17
2. Outside rearview mirror folding
button* ..............................................4-39
3. Outside rearview mirror control
switch* ..............................................4-38
4. Power window lock button*................4-28
5. Power window switches* ..................4-26
6. Central door lock switch* ..................4-18
7. Headlight leveling device* ................4-64
8. Rear parking assist system OFF
button* ..............................................5-33
9. ESC OFF button* ..............................5-26
10. Steering wheel tilt lever*..................4-35
11. Fuse box..........................................7-49
12. Hood release lever ..........................4-30
13. Clutch pedal* ..................................5-11
14. Brake pedal ....................................5-20
15. Fuel filler lid opener ........................4-32
16. Seats ................................................3-2
17. Key ignition switch/
Engine start/stop button ..............5-4/5-6
* : if equipped
OBA013003R
2 3
Your vehicle at a glance
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW
■ Left-hand drive
1. Instrument cluster ...........................4-41
2. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-59
3. Wiper/Washer..................................4-65
4. Audio remote control* ....................4-89
5. Horn ................................................4-36
6. Driver’s front air bag* ......................3-30
7. Passenger’s front air bag*...............3-30
8. Steering wheel ................................4-35
9. Hazard warning flasher
button.......................................4-58, 6-2
10. Trip computer switch .....................4-45
11. Audio system*..................4-100, 4-105
12. Climate control system* ................4-71
13. Cigarette lighter*/
Power outlet*........................4-83, 4-85
14. AUX, USB and iPod port* .............4-90
15. Shift lever ..............................5-11/5-14
16. Parking brake lever .......................5-21
17. Glove box ......................................4-81
* : if equipped
OBA013004L
2 4
Your vehicle at a glance
■ Right-hand drive
1. Instrument cluster ...........................4-41
2. Light control / Turn signals ..............4-59
3. Wiper/Washer..................................4-65
4. Audio remote control* ....................4-89
5. Horn ................................................4-36
6. Driver’s front air bag* ......................3-30
7. Passenger’s front air bag*...............3-30
8. Steering wheel ................................4-35
9. Hazard warning flasher
button.......................................4-58, 6-2
10. Trip computer switch .....................4-45
11. Audio system*..................4-100, 4-105
12. Climate control system* ................4-71
13. Cigarette lighter*/
Power outlet*........................4-83, 4-85
14. AUX, USB and iPod port* .............4-90
15. Shift lever ..............................5-11/5-14
16. Parking brake lever .......................5-21
17. Glove box ......................................4-81
* : if equipped
OBA013004
2 5
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Left-hand drive
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-20
2. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-18
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir ...............7-22
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-26
5. Fuse box ...........................................7-49
6. Positive battery terminal ...................7-34
7. Negative battery terminal..................7-34
■ Right-hand drive
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-25
9. Radiator cap .....................................7-21
10. Engine oil dipstick ...........................7-18
11. Automatic transaxle dipstick* ..........7-23
* : if equipped
❈ The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBA013006/OBA013006R
2 6
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
• Front seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
• Rear seat adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
SEAT BELTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
• Seat belt restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
• Pre-tensioner seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
• Additional seat belt safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . 3-18
• Care of seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-21
• Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-22
• Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) . . . . . . . 3-24
AIR BAG
- SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM . . 3-27
• Where are the air bags? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
• How does the air bags system operate? . . . . . . . . . . 3-31
• What to expect after an air bag inflates . . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch . . . . . . . . 3-35
• Do not install a child restraint on the front
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
• Why didn’t my air bag go off in a collision? . . . . . . 3-38
• SRS care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-44
• Additional safety precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
• Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
3
Safety features of your vehicle
SEAT
Front seats
■ Left-hand drive
(1) Forward and rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (driver’s seat)*
(4) Headrest
Rear seats
(5) Seat folding*
(6) Headrest (outboard and/or center*)
* : if equipped
OBA033001
3 2
Safety features of your vehicle
Front seats
■ Right-hand drive
(1) Forward and rearward
(2) Seatback angle
(3) Seat cushion height (driver’s seat)*
(4) Headrest
Rear seats
(5) Seat folding*
(6) Headrest (outboard and/or center*)
* : if equipped
OBA033001R/Q
3 3
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING - Loose objects
Loose objects in the driver’s foot
area could interfere with the operation of the foot pedals, possibly
causing an accident. Do not place
anything under the front seats.
WARNING - Uprighting
seat
When you return the seatback to its
upright position, hold the seatback
and return it slowly and be sure
there are no other occupants
around the seat. If the seatback is
returned without being held and
controlled, the back of the seat
could spring forward resulting in
accidental injury to a person struck
by the seatback.
3 4
WARNING - Driver responsibility for front seat passenger
Riding in a vehicle with a front seatback reclined could lead to serious
or fatal injury in an accident. If a
front seat is reclined during an
accident, the occupant’s hips may
slide under the lap portion of the
seat belt applying great force to the
unprotected abdomen. Serious or
fatal internal injuries could result.
The driver must advise the front
passenger to keep the seatback in
an upright position whenever the
vehicle is in motion.
WARNING - Driver’s seat
• Never attempt to adjust seat
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control,
and an accident causing death,
serious injury, or property damage.
• Do not allow anything to interfere
with the normal position of the
seatback. Storing items against a
seatback or in any other way
interfering with proper locking of
a seatback could result in serious
or fatal injury in a sudden stop or
collision.
• Always drive and ride with your
seatback upright and the lap portion of the seat belt snug and low
across the hips. This is the best
position to protect you in case of
an accident.
• In order to avoid unnecessary and
perhaps severe air bag injuries,
always sit as far back as possible
from the steering wheel while
maintaining comfortable control
of the vehicle. It is recommended
that drivers allow at least 25 cm
(10 in.) between the center of the
steering wheel and their chest.
Safety system of your vehicle
OBA033002
Front seat adjustment
Forward and rearward
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment lever up
and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and make
sure the seat is locked securely by trying
to move forward and rearward without
using the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
OBA033003
OBA033004
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the
seatback recline lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat and
adjust the seatback of the seat to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure the
seatback is locked in place. (The lever
MUST return to its original position for
the seatback to lock.)
Seat cushion height (for driver’s seat)
(if equipped)
To change the height of the seat cushion,
move the lever upwards or downwards.
• To lower the seat cushion, push down
the lever several times.
• To raise the seat cushion, pull up the
lever several times.
3 5
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
OPA039052
Headrest
The driver's and front passenger's seats
are equipped with a headrest for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for the driver and front passenger, but
also helps protect the head and neck in
the event of a collision.
3 6
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting
your headrests:
• Always properly adjust the headrests for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.
• Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrests is at the
same height as the height of the
top of the eyes (see diagram).
• NEVER adjust the headrest position of the driver's seat when the
vehicle is in motion.
• Adjust the headrest as close to
the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion
that holds the body away from
the seatback.
OBA033005
Adjusting the height up and down
(if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
Safety features of your vehicle
OBA033006
OPA037007
OBA033031L
Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)
To remove the headrest, raise it as far as
it can go then press the release button (1)
while pulling the headrest up (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
Seatback pocket (if equipped)
The seatback pocket is provided on the
back of the driver’s and/or front passenger’s seatback.
Passenger seat under tray
(if equipped)
To open the tray, pull up the tray and then
pull it out forward.
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling
and adjusting it properly.
WARNING - Seatback
pocket
Do not put heavy or sharp objects
in the seatback pocket. In an accident they could come loose from
the pocket and injure vehicle occupants.
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the tray.
These items may catch fire and/or
explode if the vehicle is exposed to
hot temperatures for extended periods.
3 7
Safety features of your vehicle
WARNING
OPA039053
Rear seat adjustment
Headrest
The rear seat(s) is equipped with headrests in the outboard seating positions
(and/or center seating position) for the
occupant's safety and comfort.
The headrest not only provides comfort
for passengers, but also helps protect
the head and neck in the event of a collision.
3 8
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting
your headrests:
• Always properly adjust the headrests for all passengers BEFORE
starting the vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a seat
with the headrest removed.
• Adjust the headrests so the middle of the headrests is at the
same height as the height of the
top of the eyes (see diagram).
• Adjust the headrest as close to
the passenger's head as possible. Do not use a seat cushion
that holds the body away from
the seatback.
OBA033025
Adjusting the height up and down
(if equipped)
To raise the headrest, pull it up to the
desired position (1). To lower the headrest, push and hold the release button (2)
on the headrest support and lower the
headrest to the desired position (3).
Safety features of your vehicle
Folding the rear seat
The rear seatbacks (or cushions) may be
folded to facilitate carrying long items or
to increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
OBA033026
Removal/Reinstall (if equipped)
To remove the headrest, slightly fold the
rear seatback, raise the headrest as far
as it can go then press the release button
(1) while pulling upward (2).
To reinstall the headrest, put the headrest poles (3) into the holes while pressing the release button (1). Then adjust it
to the appropriate height.
WARNING
Always make sure the headrest
locks into position after reinstalling
and adjusting it properly.
• Never allow passengers to sit on
top of the folded down seatback
while the vehicle is moving as
this is not a proper seating position and no seat belts are available for use. This could result in
serious injury or death in case of
an accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not extend
higher than the top of the front
seats. This could allow cargo to
slide forward and cause injury or
damage during sudden stops.
OBA033027
3. Insert the rear lap/shoulder belt plate
into the holder on the side trim. It will
prevent the lap/shoulder belt from
interfering with the seatback when folding.
1. Set the front seatback to the upright
position and if necessary, slide the
front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear headrests to the lowest
position (if equipped with adjustable
headrests).
3 9
Safety system of your vehicle
To use the rear seat, lift and push up the
seatback backward. Push the seatback
firmly until it clicks into place. Make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
When returning the rear seatbacks to the
upright position, remember to return the
rear shoulder belts to their proper position.
WARNING
OBA033028
OBA033029
4. Pull up both sides of the seatback lever
and fold the seatback toward the front
of the vehicle.
3 10
When returning the rear seatback
from a folded to an upright position, hold the seatback and return it
slowly. Ensure that the seatback is
completely locked into its upright
position by pushing on the top of
the seatback. In an accident or sudden stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward
with great force and enter the passenger compartment, which could
result in serious injury or death.
WARNING - Cargo
Cargo should always be secured to
prevent it from being thrown about
the vehicle in a collision and causing injury to the vehicle occupants.
Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be properly secured and may hit the front
seat occupants in a collision.
WARNING - Cargo loading
Make sure the engine is off, the
shift lever is in P (Park, for automatic transaxle vehicle ) or neutral
(for manual transaxle vehicle), and
the parking brake is securely
applied whenever loading or
unloading cargo. Failure to take
these steps may allow the vehicle
to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position.
Safety system of your vehicle
SEAT BELTS
Seat belt restraint system
WARNING
• For maximum restraint system
protection, the seat belts must
always be used whenever the
vehicle is moving.
• Seat belts are most effective
when seatbacks are in the
upright position.
• Children age 12 and under must
always be properly restrained in
the rear seat. Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. If a child over 12 must
be seated in the front seat, he/she
must be properly belted and the
seat should be moved as far back
as possible.
• Never wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back. An improperly positioned
shoulder belt can cause serious
injuries in a crash. The shoulder
belt should be positioned midway
over your shoulder across your
collarbone.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Avoid wearing twisted seat belts.
A twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
Be sure the belt webbing is
straight and not twisted.
• Each belt assembly must only be
used by one occupant; it is dangerous to put a belt around a
child being carried on a occupant's lap.
• Be careful not to damage the belt
webbing or hardware. If the belt
webbing or hardware is damaged, replace it.
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat belt
assemblies will not operate properly.
Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged
webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly after
it has been worn in an accident,
even if damage to webbing or
assembly is not apparent
WARNING
No modifications or additions
should be made by the user which
will either prevent the seat belt
adjusting devices from operating to
remove slack.
3 11
Safety system of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from the
retractor, firmly pull the seat belt out
and release it. After release, you will be
able to pull the belt out smoothly.
1
2
1GQA2083
B180A01NF
Seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light on the instrument cluster
will blink for approximately 6 seconds
each time you place the ignition switch in
the ON position regardless of belt fastening.
If the driver's seat belt is unfastened after
the ignition switch is in the ON position,
the seat belt warning light will blink again
for approximately 6 seconds.
If the driver's seat belt is unfastened
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position or if it is unfastened after the
ignition switch is in the ON position, the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if
the seat belt is fastened, the chime will
stop at once. (if equipped)
Lap/shoulder belt
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor and
insert the metal tab (1) into the buckle
(2). There will be an audible "click" when
the tab locks into the buckle.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to the
proper length only after the lap belt portion is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly around your hips. If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the belt will
extend and let you move around. If there
is a sudden stop or impact, however, the
belt will lock into position. It will also lock
if you try to lean forward too quickly.
3 12
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Always position the shoulder belt
anchor into locked position at the
appropriate height. Never position
the shoulder belt across your neck
or face. Improperly positioned seat
belts can cause serious injuries in
an accident.
B200A01NF
OBA033024R
Height adjustment (if equipped)
You can adjust the height of the shoulder
belt anchor to one of the 4 positions for
maximum comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be adjusted
so it lies across your chest and midway
over your shoulder nearest the door, not
over your neck.
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height adjuster
into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up (1).
To lower it, push it down (3) while pressing the height adjuster button (2).
Release the button to lock the anchor
into position. Try sliding the height
adjuster to make sure that it has locked
into position.
WARNING
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident.Take the following precautions when adjusting the
seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the seat
belt as low as possible across
your hips, not on your waist, so
that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the shoulder belt and the other over the belt,
as shown in the illustration.
3 13
Safety system of your vehicle
OEN036030
1
B210A01NF/Q
B220A04NF-1/Q
To release the seat belt:
The seat belt is released by pressing the
release button (1) in the locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should automatically draw back into the retractor.
If this does not happen, check the belt to
be sure it is not twisted, then try again.
Lap belt (if equipped)
To fasten your seat belt:
To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert
the metal tab (1) into the locking buckle
(2). There will be an audible "click" when
the tab locks into the buckle. Make sure
the belt is properly locked and that the
belt is not twisted.
Too high
Correct
Shorten
B220B01NF
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the
length must be adjusted manually so it
fits snugly around your hip. Fasten the
belt and pull on the loose end to tighten
the belt. The belt should be placed as low
as possible on your hips, not on your
waist. If the belt is too high, it could
increase the possibility of injury in an
accident.
3 14
Safety system of your vehicle
OBA033030
B210A02NF-1
When using the rear center seat belt, the
buckle with the “CENTER” mark must be
used. (if equipped)
To release the seat belt:
Press the release button (1) on the buckle and remove the metal tab from the
buckle.
OMG035300
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's and
front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts. The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure that the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain
frontal collisions. The pre-tensioner seat
belts can be activated, where the frontal
collision is severe enough, together with
the air bags.
3 15
Safety system of your vehicle
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or if
the occupant tries to lean forward too
quickly, the seat belt retractor will lock
into position. In certain frontal collisions,
the pre-tensioner will activate and pull
the seat belt into tighter contact against
the occupant's body.
If the system senses excessive seat belt
tension on the driver or passenger's seat
belt when the pre-tensioner activates, the
load limiter inside the pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt. (if equipped)
WARNING
To obtain maximum benefit from a
pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seatbelt must be worn correctly and adjusted to the proper
position. Please read and follow
all of the important information
and precautions about your vehicle’s occupant safety features –
including seat belts and air bags
– that are provided in this manual.
2. Be sure you and your passengers always wear seat belts properly.
3 16
WARNING
• Pre-tensioners are designed to
operate only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts
must be replaced. All seat belts,
of any type, should always be
replaced after they have been
worn during a collision.
• The pre-tensioner seat belt
assembly mechanisms become
hot during activation. Do not
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt
assemblies for several minutes
after they have been activated.
• Do not hit the pre-tensioner seat
belt assemblies.
• Do not attempt to inspect or
replace the pre-tensioner seat
belts yourself. We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not attempt to service or
repair the pre-tensioner seat belt
system in any manner.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Improper handling of the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies, and
failure to heed the warnings not
to strike, modify, inspect, replace,
service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may lead
to improper operation or inadvertent activation and serious injury.
• If the vehicle or pre-tensioner
seat belt must be discarded, we
recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
1KMB3311A
■ Right-hand drive
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
The sensor that activates the SRS air
bag is connected with the pre-tensioner
seat belts. The SRS air bag warning
light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after
the ignition switch is placed in the ON
position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working properly, the warning light will illuminate
even if the SRS air bag is not malfunctioning. If the warning light does not
illuminate, stays illuminated or illuminates when the vehicle is being driven,
we recommend the pre-tensioner seat
belts and/or SRS air bags be inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts will be
activated in certain frontal collisions.
• When the pre-tensioner seat belts are
activated, a loud noise may be heard
and fine dust, which may appear to be
smoke, may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal operating conditions and are not hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dust
may cause skin irritation and should
not be breathed for prolonged periods. Wash all exposed skin areas thoroughly after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were activated.
8KMB3311/H
The seat belt pre-tensioner system consists mainly of the following components.
Their locations are shown in the illustration:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner assembly
3. SRS control module
3 17
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional seat belt safety precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
The seat belt should always be used during pregnancy. The best way to protect
your unborn child is to protect yourself by
always wearing the seat belt.
Pregnant women should always wear a
lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the shoulder belt across the chest, routed away
from the neck. Place the lap belt below
the belt line so that it fits snugly and as
low as possible across the hips, not
across the abdomen.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death to an unborn child during
an accident, pregnant women
should NEVER place the lap portion of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen where the
unborn child is located.
3 18
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
Most countries have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices, including booster seats. The age at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among countries, so you
should be aware of the specific requirements in your country, and where you are
travelling. Infant and child restraints must
be properly placed and installed in a rear
seat. For more information refer to the
“Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter.
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the child’s
height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death to a child and other passengers, NEVER hold a child in
your lap or arms when the vehicle
is moving. The violent forces created during an accident will tear the
child from your arms and throw the
child against the interior of the
vehicle.
Small children are best protected from
injury in an accident when properly
restrained in the rear seat by a child
restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your
country. Before buying any child restraint
system, make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Safety Standard of
your country. The restraint must be
appropriate for your child's height and
weight. Check the label on the child
restraint for this information. Refer to
“Child Restraint Systems” in this chapter.
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are too
large for a booster seat must always
occupy the rear seat and use the available lap/shoulder belts. A seat belt
should lie across the upper thighs and be
snug across the shoulder and chest to
restrain the child safely. Check belt fit
periodically. A child's squirming could put
the belt out of position. In the event of an
accident, children are safest when they
are seated in the rear seat and restrained
by the seat belts or by a child restraint
system.
Safety system of your vehicle
If a larger child over age 13 must be seated in the front seat, the child must be
securely restrained by the available
lap/shoulder belt and the seat should be
placed in the rearmost position.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly touches the child’s neck or face, try placing the
child closer to the center of the vehicle. If
the shoulder belt still touches their face
or neck they need to be returned to an
appropriate booster seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure children are
wearing their seat belts and that
they are properly adjusted before
driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder belt to
contact the child’s neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one child
to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined seatback when the vehicle is moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious
or fatal injuries in the event of a
collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their seats,
properly belted, and with the
seatbacks upright.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when the
vehicle is in motion can be dangerous.
Even when buckled up, the protections of
your restraint system (seat belts and/or
air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining
your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve the
maximum effectiveness of the restraint
system, all passengers should be sitting
up and the front and rear seats should be
in an upright position when the car is
moving. A seat belt cannot provide proper protection if the person is lying down in
the rear seat or if the front or rear seats
are in a reclined position.
3 19
Safety system of your vehicle
Care of seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be disassembled or modified. In addition, care
should be taken to assure that seat belts
and belt hardware are not damaged by
seat hinges, doors or other abuse.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected periodically for wear or damage of any kind.
Any damaged parts should be replaced
as soon as possible.
3 20
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and dry.
If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution
and warm water. Bleach, dye, strong
detergents or abrasives should not be
used because they may damage and
weaken the fabric.
When to replace seat belts
The entire seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle
has been involved in an accident. This
should be done even if no damage is visible. We recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety system of your vehicle
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
WARNING
Always properly restrain children in
the rear seats of the vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer when
restrained in the rear seat. A child
riding in the front passenger seat
can be forcefully struck by an inflating air bag resulting in SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk of
injury in an accident, sudden stop or sudden maneuver. According to accident
statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the
front seat. Even with air bags, children
can be seriously injured or killed.
Children too large for a child restraint
must use the seat belts provided.
Most countries have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/weight
restrictions at which seat belts can be
used instead of child restraints differs
among countries, so you should be
aware of the specific requirements in
your country, and where you are travelling.
Child restraint systems must be properly
placed and installed in the rear seat. You
must use a commercially available child
restraint system that meets the requirements of the Safety Standards of your
country.
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle seat
by lap belt or the lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Child Restraint System (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing
or forward-facing CRS that has first been
properly secured to the rear seat of the
vehicle. Read and comply with the
instructions for installation and use provided by the manufacturer of the child
restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH in an
accident. Always take the following
precautions when using a child
restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat.
• Always properly secure the child
restraint to a rear seat of the vehicle.
• Always follow the child restraint
system manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use.
(Continued)
3 21
Safety system of your vehicle
(Continued)
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• Do not use an infant carrier or a
child safety seat that "hooks“ over
a seatback, it may not provide adequate protection in an accident.
• After an accident, we recommend
a HYUNDAI dealer check the child
restraint system, seat belts,
ISOFIX lower anchorages and toptether anchorages.
3 22
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label certifying that it meets applicable Safety
Standards of your country.
• Select a child restraint system based
on your child’s height and weight. The
required label or the instructions for
use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint system that fits
the vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings
and instructions for installation and use
provided with the child restraint system.
Child restraint system types
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rear-facing seats, forward-facing seats, and booster seats.
They are classified according to the
child’s age, height and weight.
Rear-facing child seats
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger’s
seat.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint
in the front seat can result in SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH if the child
restraint is struck by an inflating air
bag.
Safety system of your vehicle
Continue to use a rear-facing child seat
for as long as your child will fit within the
height and weight limits allowed by the
child seat manufacturer. It’s the best way
to keep them safe. Once your child has
outgrown the rear-facing child restraint,
your child is ready for a forward-facing
child restraint with a harness.
CRS09
OUN026150
A rear-facing child seat provides restraint
with the seating surface against the back
of the child. The harness system holds
the child in place, and in an accident,
acts to keep the child positioned in the
seat and reduce the stress to the neck
and spinal cord.
All children under age one must always
ride in a rear-facing infant child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight limits
for the rear-facing position, allowing you
to keep your child rear-facing for a longer
period of time.
Forward-facing child seats
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child’s body with a harness. Keep children in a forward-facing
child seat with a harness until they reach
the top height or weight limit allowed by
your child restraint’s manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is ready
for a booster seat.
3 23
Safety system of your vehicle
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle’s seat belt
system. A booster seat positions the seat
belt so that it fits properly over the lap of
your child. Keep your child in a booster
seat until they are big enough to sit in the
seat without a booster and still have the
seat belt fit properly.
For a seat belt to fit properly, the lap belt
must lie snugly across the upper thighs,
not the stomach. The shoulder belt
should lie snug across the shoulder and
chest and not across the neck or face.
Children under age 13 must always ride
in the rear seats and must always be
properly restrained to minimize the risk of
injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instructions
provided by the manufacturer of
the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions
regarding child restraint systems
in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings and
instructions could increase the
risk of the SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if an accident occurs.
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits properly in your vehicle. Follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer when
installing the child seat. Note these general steps when installing the seat to your
vehicle:
• Properly secure the child restraint
system to the vehicle. All child seats
must be secured to the vehicle with the
lap belt or lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
• Make sure the child restraint system
is firmly secured. After installing a
child seat to the vehicle, push and pull
the seat forward and from side-to-side
to verify that it is securely attached to
the seat. A child seat secured with a
seat belt should be installed as firmly
as possible. However, some side-toside movement can be expected.
WARNING
A child restraint system in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating
surface and buckles before placing
your child in the child restraint.
3 24
Safety system of your vehicle
Securing a child restraint system
with a lap belt or lap/shoulder belt
All child restraint system must be secured
to a vehicle rear seat with the lap belt or
the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt.
4. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt is
holding it firmly in place.
To remove the child restraint system,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap belt out of the
restraint.
WARNING
ALWAYS place a rear-facing child
restraint system in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child restraint
system in the front seat can result in
serious injury or death if the child
restraint system is struck by an
inflating air bag.
1GHA2260
Installing a child restraint system with a
lap belt
To install a child restraint system on the
center rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on the
center rear seat and route the lap belt
through the restraint, following the
restraint manufacturer’s instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap belt latch into the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click” sound.
3. Adjust the lap belt for a snug hold on
the child restraint system by pulling the
loose end of the belt.
3 25
Safety system of your vehicle
E2MS103005
OEN036101
OEN036104
Installing a child restraint system with a
lap/shoulder belt
To install a child restraint system on the
rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on a
rear seat and route the lap/shoulder
belt around or through the restraint, following the restraint manufacturer’s
instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch into
the buckle. Listen for the distinct “click”
sound.
3. Remove as much slack from the belt
as possible by pushing down on the
child restraint system while feeding the
shoulder belt back into the retractor.
4. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat belt is
holding it firmly in place.
To remove the child restraint system,
press the release button on the buckle
and then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt to
retract fully.
3 26
✽ NOTICE
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
Safety system of your vehicle
AIR BAG - SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
(1) Driver’s front air bag*
(2) Passenger’s front air bag *
(3) Front passenger’s air bag ON/OFF
switch *
■ Left-hand drive
* : if equipped
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and
severity of injury in the event of a
collision or rollover.
3
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBA033017/OBA033032
3 27
Safety system of your vehicle
(1) Driver’s front air bag*
(2) Passenger’s front air bag *
(3) Front passenger’s air bag ON/OFF
switch *
■ Right-hand drive
* : if equipped
WARNING
Even in vehicles with air bags, you
and your passengers must always
wear the safety belts provided in
order to minimize the risk and
severity of injury in the event of a
collision or rollover.
3
❈ The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBA033017R/OBA033032R
3 28
Safety system of your vehicle
The front air bags are designed to supplement the three-point seat belts. For
these air bags to provide protection, the
seat belts must be worn at all times when
driving.
You can be severely injured or killed in an
accident if you are not wearing a seat
belt. Air bags are designed to supplement seat belts, but do not replace them.
Also, air bags are not designed to deploy
in every collision. In some accidents, the
seat belts are the only restraint protecting you.
WARNING - AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
• ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in a collision
if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt when the air bag
inflates.
• NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child
causing serious or fatal injuries.
• ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the safest
place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted and the seat should
be moved as far back as possible.
• All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position,
centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked and the
engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,
the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant causing
serious or fatal injuries.
• You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily close to
the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still maintaining control of the vehicle. It is recommended that drivers allow at least
25 cm (10 inches) between the center of the steering wheel and the chest.
3 29
Safety system of your vehicle
Where are the air bags?
Driver’s and passenger’s front air
bags (if equipped)
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)
and lap/shoulder belts at both the driver
and passenger seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which are
located in the center of the steering
wheel and the passenger's side front
panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters
“AIR BAG” embossed on the pad covers.
■ Driver’s front air bag
WARNING
OBA033020
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OBA033021
The purpose of the SRS is to provide the
vehicle's driver and front passengers
with additional protection than that
offered by the seat belt system alone in
case of a frontal impact of sufficient
severity.
3 30
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death from an inflating front air
bags, take the following precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Adjust the front passenger’s and
driver’s seats as far to the rear as
possible while allowing you to
maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passenger
to place their feet or legs on the
dashboard.
• Do not allow the passenger to ride
in the front seat when the front
passenger’s air bag OFF indicator
is illuminated.
• No objects should be placed over
or near the air bag modules on the
steering wheel, instrument panel,
and the front passenger's panel
above the glove box. Such objects
could cause harm if the vehicle is
in a crash severe enough to cause
the air bags to deploy.
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
■ Right-hand drive
OBA033013\
OBA033013R\
How does the air bags system operate?
The SRS consists of the following components:
1. Driver's front air bag module*
2. Passenger's front air bag module*
3. Pre-tensioner seatbelt system*
4. Air bag warning light*
5. SRS control module (SRSCM)*
6. Front impact sensors*
7. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF indicator *
8. Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch*
*: if equipped
The SRSCM continually monitors all SRS components while
the ignition switch is ON to determine if a crash impact is
severe enough to require air bag deployment or pre-tensioner
seat belt deployment.
3 31
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS warning light
The SRS (Supplement Restraint System)
air bag warning light on the instrument
panel displays the air bag symbol depicted
in the illustration. The system checks the
air bag electrical system for malfunctions.
The light indicates that there is a potential
problem with your air bag system.
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air bag
may not inflate properly during an
accident increasing the risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions
occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds when
the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
(Continued)
3 32
(Continued)
• The light blinks when the engine
is running.
We recommend that an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer inspect the SRS as
soon as possible if any of these
conditions occur.
During a moderate to severe frontal collision, sensors will detect the vehicle’s
rapid deceleration. If the rate of deceleration is high enough, the control unit will
inflate the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the driver
and front passenger by responding to
frontal impacts in which seat belts alone
cannot provide adequate restraint. When
needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side impact or
rollover by supporting the side upper
body area.
• Air bags are activated (able to inflate if
necessary) only when the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of a severe
frontal or side collision to help protect
the occupants from serious physical
injury.
• There is no single speed at which the
air bags will inflate. Generally, air bags
are designed to inflate based upon the
severity of a collision and its direction.
These two factors determine whether
the sensors produce an electronic
deployment/inflation signal.
Safety system of your vehicle
• Air bag deployment depends on a
number of factors including vehicle
speed, angles of impact and the density and stiffness of the vehicles or
objects which your vehicle impacts
during a collision. The determining factors are not limited to those mentioned
above.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is virtually impossible for you to see the air
bags inflate during an accident. It is
much more likely that you will simply
see the deflated air bags hanging out
of their storage compartments after the
collision.
• To help provide protection, the air bags
must inflate rapidly. The speed of air
bag inflation is a consequence of
extremely short time in which to inflate
the air bag between the occupant and
the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This
speed of inflation reduces the risk of
serious or life-threatening injuries and
is thus a necessary part of air bag
design.
However, the rapid air bag inflation can
also cause injuries which can include
facial abrasions, bruises and broken
bones because the inflation speed also
causes the air bags to expand with a
great deal of force.
• There are even circumstances under
which contact with the air bag can
cause fatal injuries, especially if the
occupant is positioned excessively
close to the air bag.
You can take steps to reduce the risk of
being injured by an inflating air bag. The
greatest risk is sitting too close to the air
bag. An air bag needs about 25 cm (10
inches) of space to inflate. It is recommended that drivers allow at least 25 cm
(10 inches) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
■ Driver’s front air bag (1)
OLMB033054
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently
severe impact to the front of the vehicle,
it will automatically deploy the front air
bags.
3 33
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Driver’s front air bag (2)
■ Driver’s front air bag (3)
WARNING
OLMB033056
■ Passenger’s front air bag
OLMB033055
Upon deployment, tear seams molded
directly into the pad covers will separate
under pressure from the expansion of the
air bags. Further opening of the covers
allows full inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination
with a properly worn seat belt, slows the
driver's or the passenger's forward
motion, reducing the risk of head and
chest injury.
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling the
driver to maintain forward visibility and
the ability to steer or operate other controls.
3 34
To prevent objects from becoming
dangerous projectiles when the
passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD holder,
stickers, etc.) on the front passenger's panel above the glove
box where the passenger's air
bag is located.
• Do not install a container of liquid
air freshener near the instrument
cluster or on the instrument
panel surface.
Safety system of your vehicle
What to expect after an air bag
inflates
After a frontal or side impact air bag
inflates, it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver from seeing out of the windshield or being able to
steer. Curtain air bags may remain partially
inflated for some time after they deploy.
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take the
following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors as
soon as possible after impact to
reduce prolonged exposure to
the smoke and powder released
by the inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage
area’s
internal
components
immediately after an air bag has
inflated. The parts that come into
contact with an inflating air bag
may be very hot.
• Always wash exposed skin areas
thoroughly with lukewarm water
and mild soap.
• We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer replace the
air bag immediately after deployment. Air bags are designed to be
used only once.
Noise and smoke from inflating air
bag
When the air bags inflate, they make a
loud noise and they leave smoke and
powder in the air inside of the vehicle.
This is normal and is a result of the ignition of the air bag inflator. After the air
bag inflates, you may feel substantial discomfort in breathing because of the contact of your chest with both the seat belt
and the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder may
aggravate asthma for some people. If you
experience breathing problems after an
air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are nontoxic, they may cause irritation to the
skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If this is the
case, wash and rinse with cold water
immediately and seek medical attention
if the symptoms persist.
■ Left-hand drive
OIA0330033
■ Right-hand drive
OIA0330033R
Passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch (if equipped)
The purpose of the switch is to disable
the passenger’s front air bag in order to
transport occupants who are at
increased risk for air bag-related injury
due to age, size, or medical condition.
3 35
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
✽ NOTICE
■ Left-hand drive
The passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
indicator illuminates for about 4 seconds after the ignition switch is placed
in the ON position.
WARNING
OBA033023
■ Right-hand drive
OBA033022
■ Right-hand drive
OBA033023R
OBA033022R
To deactivate the passenger’s front air
bag:
Insert the master key or a similar rigid
device into the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch and turn it to the OFF
position. The passenger air bag OFF
indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on
until the passenger’s front air bag is reactivated.
To reactivate the passenger’s front air
bag:
Insert the master key or a similar rigid
device into the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch and turn it to the ON
position. The passenger air bag ON indicator ( ) will illuminate and stay on for
60 seconds.
3 36
Never allow an adult passenger to
ride in the front passenger seat
when the passenger air bag OFF
indicator is illuminated. During a
collision, the air bag will not inflate
if the indicator is illuminated. Turn
on the passenger’s front air bag or
have your passenger move to the
rear seat.
Safety system of your vehicle
If your vehicle is equipped with the passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch,
you can activate or deactivate the front
passenger’s air bag when necessary. For
more details, please refer to page 3-35.
■ Type A
WARNING
If the passenger’s front air bag
ON/OFF switch malfunctions, the
following conditions may occur:
• The air bag warning light ( ) on
the instrument panel will illuminate.
• The passenger air bag OFF indicator ( ) will not illuminate and
the ON indicator ( ) will come
on and go off after approximately
60 seconds. The passenger’s
front air bag will inflate in a
frontal impact even though the
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch is set to the OFF position.
• We recommend that an authorized HYUNDAI dealer inspect the
passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF
switch and the SRS air bag system as soon as possible.
WARNING
OYDESA2042
■ Type B
NEVER place a rear-facing or frontfacing child restraint in the front
passenger’s seat of the vehicle. An
inflating frontal air bag could forcefully strike a child resulting in serious injury or death. Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
OYDESA2042
Do not install a child restraint on the
front passenger seat
Never install a child restraint in the front
passenger’s seat. An inflating air bag can
forcefully strike a child or restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
3 37
Safety system of your vehicle
Why didn’t my air bag go off in a
collision?
(Air bags are not designed to
inflate in every collision.)
There are certain types of accidents in
which the air bag would not be expected
to provide additional protection. These
include rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as
well as low speed impacts. Damage to
the vehicle indicates a collision energy
absorption, and is not an indicator of
whether or not an air bag should have
inflated.
3 38
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects to
impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance on
or around the air bag sensors. If
the location or angle of the sensors is altered, the air bags may
deploy when they should not or
may not deploy when they
should.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not install bumper guards or
replace the bumper with a nongenuine part. This may adversely
affect the collision and air bag
deployment performance.
• We recommend that all repairs
are conducted by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Safety system of your vehicle
■ 5 Door
• Left-hand drive
1
• Right-hand drive
2
1
OBA033014/OBA033015/OBA033016
2
OBA033014R/OBA033015R/OBA033016
(1) SRS control module (if equipped)
(2) Front impact sensor (if equipped)
3 39
Safety system of your vehicle
■ 4 Door
• Left-hand drive
1
• Right-hand drive
2
1
OBA034014/OBA033015/OBA033016
(1) SRS control module (if equipped)
(2) Front impact sensor (if equipped)
3 40
2
OBA034014R/OBA033015R/OBA033016
Safety system of your vehicle
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s air bags are designed to inflate only
in frontal collisions, they also may inflate
in other types of collisions if the front
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved roads,
the air bags may deploy. Drive carefully
on unimproved roads or on surfaces not
designed for vehicle traffic to prevent
unintended air bag deployment.
OPA037040
OPA037041
Air bag inflation conditions
Front air bag
Front air bags are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the intensity, speed or angles of impact of the front
collision.
Air bag non-inflation conditions
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags are
designed not to deploy in such cases
because they may not provide benefits
beyond the protection of the seat belts.
3 41
Safety system of your vehicle
OPA037042
OSA038121
1VQA2089
Front air bags are not designed to inflate
in rear collisions, because occupants are
moved backward by the force of the
impact. In this case, inflated air bags
would not provide any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision, and
thus in side impacts, front air bag deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
In an angled collision, the force of impact
may direct the occupants in a direction
where the air bags would not be able to
provide any additional benefit, and thus
the sensors may not deploy any air bags.
3 42
Safety system of your vehicle
OPA037043
OED036104
OSA038122
Just before impact, drivers often brake
heavily. Such heavy braking lowers the
front portion of the vehicle causing it to
“ride” under a vehicle with a higher
ground clearance. Air bags may not
inflate in this "under-ride" situation
because deceleration forces that are
detected by sensors may be significantly
reduced by such “underride” collisions.
Air bags may not inflate in rollover accidents because air bag deployment could
not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side impact and curtain air
bags may inflate when the vehicle is
rolled over by a side impact collision, if
the vehicle is equipped with side impact
air bags and curtain air bags
Also, if the vehicle is equipped with a
rollover sensor, side impact and curtain
air bags may inflate in a rollover.
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or
trees, where the point of impact is concentrated and the collision energy is
absorbed by the vehicle structure.
3 43
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS care
The SRS is virtually maintenance-free
and there are no parts you can safely
service by yourself. If the SRS air bag
warning light does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is in the ON position,
or continuously remains on, we recommend that the system be immediately
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
We recommend any work on the SRS
system, such as removing, installing,
repairing, or any work on the steering
wheel, the front passenger's panel, front
seats and roof rails be performed by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Improper
handling of the SRS system may result in
serious personal injury.
3 44
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or disconnect the SRS components or
wiring, including the addition of
any kind of badges to the pad
covers or modifications to the
body structure.
• Do not place objects over or near
the air bag modules on the steering wheel, instrument panel, or
the front passenger's panel
above the glove box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers with
a soft cloth moistened with plain
water. Solvents or cleaners could
adversely affect the air bag covers and proper deployment of the
system.
• We recommend that inflated air
bags be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If components of the air bag system must be discarded, or if the
vehicle must be scrapped, certain
safety precautions must be
observed. Consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for the necessary information. Failure to follow
these precautions could increase
the risk of personal injury.
Safety system of your vehicle
Additional safety precautions
Passengers should not move out of or
change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is not wearing a
seat belt during a crash or emergency
stop can be thrown against the inside of
the vehicle, against other occupants, or
be ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on seat
belts. Devices claiming to improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt
can reduce the protection provided by
the seat belt and increase the chance of
serious injury in a crash
Adding equipment to or modifying
your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing
your vehicle's frame, bumper system,
front end or side sheet metal or ride
height, this may affect the operation of
your vehicle's air bag system.
■ Type A
OBA033018
■ Type B
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint system sensing components
or side air bags.
OBA033019
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation of
the supplemental restraint system sensing components and wiring harnesses.
Air bag warning labels
(if equipped)
Air bag warning labels are attached to
alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air bag system. Be sure to
read all of the information about the air
bags that are installed on your vehicle in
this Owner’s Manual.
3 45
Features of your vehicle
KEYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
TAILGATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
• Record your key number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Key operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
• Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
• Opening the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
• Closing the tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Remote keyless entry system operations. . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
• Battery replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9
SMART KEY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Smart key function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
• Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation . . . . . . 4-13
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Armed stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14
• Theft-alarm stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
• Disarmed stage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
DOOR LOCKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• From outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
• From inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
• Impact sensing door unlock system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
• Speed sensing door lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
• Child-protector rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
• Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
• Manual windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-29
HOOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Opening the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
• Closing the hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
FUEL FILLER LID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Opening the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-32
• Closing the fuel filler lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-33
STEERING WHEEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Electric power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35
• Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
MIRRORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Inside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
• Outside rearview mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-37
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-41
TRUNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-42
• Warnings and indicators. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-48
• Opening the trunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
• Closing the trunk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-58
4
LIGHTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
• Battery saver function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
• Lighting control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-59
• High beam operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Flashing headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-60
• Turn signals and lane change signals . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-61
• Front fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-62
• Rear fog light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-63
• Headlight leveling device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-64
4
WIPERS AND WASHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-65
• Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
• Windshield washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-66
• Rear window wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . 4-67
INTERIOR LIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
• Room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-68
• Luggage room lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
• Glove box lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-69
DEFROSTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
• Rear window defroster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-70
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM . . . 4-71
• Heating and air conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-72
• System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-76
• Climate control air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
• Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant
and compressor lubricant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-78
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND
DEFOGGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-79
STORAGE COMPARTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Center console storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-81
• Cool box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-82
INTERIOR FEATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Cigarette lighter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-83
• Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-84
• Sunvisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-85
• Floor mat anchor(s). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-86
• Luggage net (holder) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
• Cargo area cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-87
AUDIO SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
• Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-88
• Audio remote control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-89
• Aux, USB and iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-90
• CD Player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-100
• Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105
Features of your vehicle
KEYS
Key operations
■ Type A
• Used to start the engine.
• Used to lock and unlock the doors (or
tailgate/trunk).
WARNING - Ignition key
OHD046100
■ Type B
OUN046100L
Record your key number
The key code number is stamped on the
bar code tag attached to the key set.
Should you lose your keys, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. Remove the bar code
tag and store it in a safe place. Also, record
the code number and keep it in a safe and
handy place, but not in the vehicle.
OHG040001L
Leaving children unattended in a
vehicle with the ignition key is dangerous even if the key is not in the
ignition switch. Children copy
adults and they could place the key
in the ignition switch. The ignition
key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in serious
bodily injury or even death. Never
leave the keys in your vehicle with
unsupervised children.
■ Type C
WARNING
OBA043029
Use only HYUNDAI original parts
for the ignition key in your vehicle.
If an aftermarket key is used, the
ignition switch may not return to
ON after START. If this happens, the
starter will continue to operate
causing damage to the starter
motor and possible fire due to
excessive current in the wiring.
4 3
Features of your vehicle
To deactivate the immobilizer system:
Insert the ignition key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ON position.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the ignition key to the OFF position.
The immobilizer system activates automatically. Without a valid ignition key for
your vehicle, the engine will not start.
OHD046100
Immobilizer system (if equipped)
■ Type A
Your vehicle may be equipped with an
electronic engine immobilizer system to
reduce the risk of unauthorized vehicle
use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the ignition key
and electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you insert your ignition key into the ignition switch and turn it to ON, it checks
and determines and verifies if the ignition
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
4 4
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your vehicle, do not leave spare keys anywhere in your vehicle. Your immobilizer password is a customer unique
password and should be kept confidential. Do not leave this number
anywhere in your vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the ignition switch.
Metal accessories may interrupt the
transponder signal and may prevent the engine from starting.
✽ NOTICE
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, we recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
The transponder in your ignition
key is an important part of the
immobilizer system. It is designed
to give years of trouble-free service,
however you should avoid exposure to moisture, static electricity
and rough handling. Immobilizer
system malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction.We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
■ Type B
Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic engine immobilizer system to reduce
the risk of unauthorized vehicle use.
Your immobilizer system is comprised of
a small transponder in the smart key and
electronic devices inside the vehicle.
With the immobilizer system, whenever
you turn the engine start/stop button to
the ON position by pressing the button
while carrying the smart key, it checks
and determines and verifies if the smart
key is valid or not.
If the key is determined to be valid, the
engine will start.
If the key is determined to be invalid, the
engine will not start.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
Immobilizer password is a customer unique password and should
be kept confidential. Do not leave
this number anywhere in your vehicle.
To deactivate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to the
ON position by pressing the button while
carrying the smart key.
To activate the immobilizer system:
Turn the engine start/stop button to the
OFF position. The immobilizer system
activates automatically. Without a valid
smart key for your vehicle, the engine will
not start.
4 5
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
✽ NOTICE
When starting the engine, do not use the
key with other immobilizer keys around.
Otherwise the engine may not start or
may stop soon after it starts. Keep each
key separate in order to avoid a starting
malfunction.
If you need additional keys or lose your
keys, we recommend that you consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not put metal accessories near
the smart key.
The engine may not start because
the metal accessories may interrupt
the transponder signal from transmitting normally.
CAUTION
The transponder in your smart key
is an important part of the immobilizer system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure to
moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction. We recommend
that the system be serviced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
4 6
Features of your vehicle
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Remote key
CAUTION
■ Remote key
Do not fold the key without pressing the release button. This may
damage the key.
OHG040001L
■ Smart key
OBA043029
Remote keyless entry system
operations
Remote key
• To unfold the key, press the release
button then the key will unfold automatically.
• To fold the key, fold the key manually
while pressing the release button.
Smart key
• To remove the mechanical key, press
and hold the release button (1) and
remove the mechanical key(2).
• To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a
click sound is heard.
OHG040006L
■ Smart key
OBA043222IN
Lock (1)
1. Close all doors.
2. Press the lock button.
3. The hazard warning light will blink once
to indicate that all doors are locked (the
engine hood and tailgate/trunk must be
closed).
4 7
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Transmitter precautions
The doors will not lock if a door is
opened.
✽ NOTICE
Unlock (2)
1. Press the unlock button.
2. The hazard warning lights will blink
twice to indicate that all doors are
unlocked.
Tailgate/trunk unlock (3, if equipped)
1. Press the tailgate/trunk unlock button
for more than 1 second.
2. The hazard warning light will blink
twice to indicate the tailgate/trunk is
unlocked.
✽ NOTICE
• After unlocking the tailgate/trunk, the
tailgate/trunk will lock automatically
unless it is opened within 30 seconds.
• Once the tailgate/trunk is opened and
then closed, the tailgate/trunk will
lock automatically.
• The word "HOLD" is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button.
4 8
The transmitter will not work if any of
following occurs:
• The mechanical key is in the ignition
switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 10 m [30 feet]).
• The battery in the transmitter is
weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The transmitter is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the transmitter.
When the transmitter does not work
correctly, open and close the door with
the ignition key. If you have a problem
with the transmitter, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the transmitter is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone, the
signal from the transmitter could be
blocked by normal operation of your
cell phone or smart phone. This is
especially important when the phone
is active such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/
receiving emails. Avoid placing the
transmitter and your cell phone or
smart phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and maintain adequate
distance between the two devices.
Features of your vehicle
2. Replace the battery with a new one.
When replacing the battery, make sure
the battery positive “+” symbol faces up
as indicated in the illustration.
3. Install the battery in the reverse order
of removal.
■ Remote key
CAUTION
Keep the transmitter away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
For transmitter replacement, we recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the equipment. If the keyless entry
system is inoperative due to
changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
OLM042302
■ Smart key
OLM043439
Battery replacement
The transmitter uses a 3 volt lithium battery which will normally last for several
years. When replacement is necessary,
use the following procedure.
1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter center
cover.
4 9
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• The keyless entry system transmitter is designed to give you
years of trouble-free use, however it can malfunction if exposed to
moisture or static electricity.
If you are unsure how to use your
transmitter or replace the battery,
we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Using the wrong battery can
cause the transmitter to malfunction. Be sure to use the correct
battery.
• To avoid damaging the transmitter, don't drop it, get it wet, or
expose it to heat or sunlight.
4 10
✽ NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed battery
can be harmful to the environment and
human health. Dispose the battery
according to your local law(s) or regulation.
Features of your vehicle
SMART KEY (IF EQUIPPED)
Locking
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Close all doors.
3. Press the button of the outside door
handle.
4. The hazard warning lights will blink
once (the engine hood and tailgate/trunk
must be closed).
5. Make sure that doors are locked by
pulling the outside door handle.
OBA043222IN
Smart key function
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Tailgate/trunk unlock
With a smart key, you can lock or unlock
a door and tailgate/trunk and even start
the engine without inserting the key.
The functions of the buttons on a smart
key are similar to the remote keyless
entry. Refer to the “Remote keyless
entry” in this section.
OBA043010L
Carrying the smart key, you may lock and
unlock the vehicle doors and tailgate/trunk.
Also, you may start the engine. Refer to
the following, for more details.
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the outside door handle.
• Even though you press the outside
door handle button, the doors will not
lock and the chime will sound for 3
seconds if any of following occur:
- The smart key is in the vehicle.
- The engine start/stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
- Any door except the tailgate/trunk is
opened.
4 11
Features of your vehicle
Unlocking
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the button of the front outside
door handle.
3. All doors will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink twice.
✽ NOTICE
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the outside door handle.
• When the smart key is recognized in
the area of 0.7 m (28 in.) from the
front outside door handle, other people can also open the doors.
4 12
Tailgate/trunk unlocking
1. Carry the smart key.
2. Press the tailgate/trunk handle switch.
3. The tailgate/trunk will unlock.
✽ NOTICE
• Once the tailgate/trunk is opened and
then closed, the tailgate/trunk will
lock automatically.
• The button will only operate when the
smart key is within 0.7 m (28 in.) from
the tailgate/trunk handle.
Smart key precautions
✽ NOTICE
• If, for some reason, you happen to lose
your smart key, you will not be able to
start the engine. Tow the vehicle, if necessary, we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• A maximum of 2 smart keys can be
registered to a single vehicle. If you
lose a smart key, we recommend that
you contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
• The smart key will not work if any of
the following occurs:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the smart
key.
- The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellular phone.
- Another vehicle’s smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
When the smart key does not work
properly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
(Continued)
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If the smart key is in close proximity
to your cell phone or smart phone, the
signal from the smart key could be
blocked by normal operation of your
cell phone or smart phone. This is
especially important when the phone
is active such as making call, receiving
calls, text messaging, and/or sending/receiving emails. Avoid placing the
smart key and your cell phone or
smart phone in the same pants or
jacket pocket and maintain adequate
distance between the two devices.
CAUTION
Keep the smart key away from
water or any liquid. If the keyless
entry system is inoperative due to
exposure to water or liquids, it will
not be covered by your manufacturer’s vehicle warranty.
OBA043029
Door lock/unlock in an emergency situation
If the smart key does not operate normally, you can lock or unlock the doors by
using the mechanical key.
1. Press and hold the release button (1)
and remove the mechanical key (2).
2. Insert the key into the hole of the outside door handle. Turn the key toward
the rear of the vehicle to unlock and
toward the front of the vehicle to lock.
3. To reinstall the mechanical key, put the
key into the hole and push it until a
click sound is heard.
4 13
Features of your vehicle
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Armed stage
Armed
stage
Disarmed
stage
Theft-alarm
stage
This system is designed to provide protection from unauthorized entry into the
car. This system is operated in three
stages: the first is the "Armed" stage, the
second is the "Theft-alarm" stage, and the
third is the "Disarmed" stage. If triggered,
the system provides an audible alarm with
the hazard warning light blinking.
4 14
The Theft Alarm System automatically
sets 30 seconds after you lock the doors
and the tailgate/trunk. For the system to
activate, you must lock the doors and the
tailgate/trunk from outside the vehicle
with the remote key or smart key or by
pressing the button on the outside of the
door handles with the smart key in your
possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound once to indicate the
system is armed.
Once the security system is set, opening
any door, the tailgate/trunk, or the hood
without using the remote key or smart
key will cause the alarm to activate.
The theft alarm system will not set if the
hood, the tailgate/trunk, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not set,
check the hood, the tailgate/trunk, or the
doors are fully closed.
Do not arm the system until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
system is armed while a passenger(s)
remains in the vehicle, the alarm may
be activated when the remaining passenger(s) leave the vehicle. If any
door (or tailgate/trunk) or engine hood
is opened within 30 seconds after the
system enters the armed stage, the
system is disarmed to prevent unnecessary alarm.
Features of your vehicle
Theft-alarm stage
Disarmed stage
✽ NOTICE - Smart key
The alarm will be activated if any of the
following occurs while the system is
armed.
• A door is opened without using the
remote key or smart key.
• The tailgate/trunk is opened without
using the remote key or smart key.
• The engine hood is opened.
The horn will sound and the hazard
warning lights will blink continuously for
approximately 27 seconds, unless the
system is disarmed. To turn off the system, unlock the doors with the remote
key or smart key.
The system will be disarmed when:
• If the system is not disarmed with the
smart key, open the door with the
mechanical key and start the engine.
Then the system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Remote key
- The door unlock button is pressed.
Smart key
- The door unlock button is pressed.
- The button of the front outside door is
pressed while carrying the smart key.
After the doors are unlocked, the hazard
warning lights will blink twice to indicate
that the system is disarmed.
After pressing the unlock button, if any
door (or tailgate/trunk) is not opened
within 30 seconds, the system will be
rearmed.
✽ NOTICE - Non-Smart key
• If the system is not disarmed with the
remote key, open the door with the
key and insert the key into the ignition
switch, turn the ignition switch to the
ON position and wait for 30 seconds.
Then the system will be disarmed.
• If you lose your keys, we recommend
that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Do not change, alter or adjust the
immobilizer system because it
could cause the immobilizer system to malfunction and we recommend that the system be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunctions caused by improper
alterations, adjustments or modifications to the immobilizer system
are not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer warranty.
4 15
Features of your vehicle
DOOR LOCKS
■ Remote key
OBA043011L
■ Smart key
Remote key/Smart key
• Doors can be locked and unlocked with
the remote key or smart key.
• Doors can be locked and unlocked by
pressing the button of the outside door
handle with the smart key in your possession. (if equipped with smart key system)
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
• When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.
Mechanical key
• Turn the key toward the rear of the
vehicle to lock and toward the front of
the vehicle to unlock.
• If you lock/unlock the driver’s (or passenger’s) door with a key, all vehicle
doors will lock/unlock automatically. (if
equipped with central door lock system)
• Once the doors are unlocked, they may
be opened by pulling the door handle.
• When closing the door, push the door
by hand. Make sure that doors are
closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
OBA043224IN
OBA043010L
Operating door locks from outside the vehicle
4 16
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating
temporarily in order to protect the
circuit and prevent damage to system
components.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
■ Left-hand drive
■ Left-hand drive
The central door lock system will operate
only when all doors and tailgate/trunk
are closed.
✽ NOTICE
Lock
Unlock
Always remove the ignition key, engage
the parking brake, close all windows
and lock all doors when leaving your
vehicle unattended.
OBA043002L
OBA043003L
■ Right-hand drive
■ Right-hand drive
Lock
Unlock
OBA043003
To lock a door without the key, push the
inside door lock button (1) to the “Lock”
position and close the door (2). (if not
equipped with central door lock system)
OBA043002
Operating door locks from inside
the vehicle
With the door lock button
• To unlock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the “Unlock” position. The
red mark (2) on the button will be visible.
4 17
Features of your vehicle
• To lock a door, push the door lock button (1) to the “Lock” position. If the door
is locked properly, the red mark (2) on
the door lock button will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle
(3) outward.
• Pushing the driver's (or passenger’s)
door lock button (1) to the "Lock" or
"Unlock" position will lock or unlock all
vehicle doors. (if equipped with central
door lock system)
• The driver’s (or passenger’s) doors
cannot be locked if any door (or tailgate/trunk) is opened. (if equipped)
✽ NOTICE
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING - Door lock malfunction
If a power door lock ever fails to
function while you are in the vehicle, try one or more of the following
techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
key to unlock the door from outside.
OBA043030L
■ Right-hand drive
The central door lock system will operate
only when all doors and tailgate/trunk are
closed.
OBA043030R
With the central door lock switch
(if equipped)
• When pushing down on the front portion (1) of the switch, all vehicle doors
will lock.
4 18
Features of your vehicle
• When pushing down on the rear portion (2) of the switch, all vehicle doors
will unlock.
• If the key is in the ignition switch and
front door is opened, the doors will not
lock even though the front portion (1)
of central door lock switch is pressed.
• If the smart key is in the vehicle and a
door is opened, the doors will not lock
even though the front portion(1) of central door lock switch is pressed.
✽ NOTICE
If the doors are locked with the remote
key or smart key, the doors cannot be
unlocked with the central door lock/
unlock switch. (if equipped)
WARNING - Doors
• The doors should always be fully
closed and locked while the vehicle is in motion to prevent accidental opening of the door.
Locked doors will also discourage potential intruders when the
vehicle stops or slows.
• Be careful when opening doors
and watch for vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles or pedestrians
approaching the vehicle in the
path of the door. Opening a door
when something is approaching
can cause damage or injury.
WARNING - Unlocked
vehicles
Leaving your vehicle unlocked can
invite theft or possible harm to you
or others from someone hiding in
your vehicle while you are gone.
Always remove the ignition key,
engage the parking brake, close all
windows and lock all doors when
leaving your vehicle unattended.
WARNING - Unattended
children
An enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
severe injury to unattended children or animals who cannot escape
the vehicle. Furthermore, children
might operate features of the vehicle that could injure them, or they
could encounter other harm, possibly from someone gaining entry to
the vehicle. Never leave children or
animals unattended in your vehicle.
4 19
Features of your vehicle
Impact sensing door unlock system (if equipped)
3. Close the rear door.
To open the rear door, pull the outside
door handle (2).
Even though the doors may be unlocked,
the rear door will not open by pulling the
inner door handle until the rear door child
safety lock is unlocked.
All doors will automatically unlock when
an impact causes the air bags to deploy.
Speed sensing door lock system
(if equipped)
All doors will be automatically locked
after the vehicle speed exceeds 15 km/h.
And all doors will be automatically
unlocked when you turn the engine off or
when you remove the ignition key. (if
equipped)
WARNING - Rear door
locks
OIA043005
Child-protector rear door lock
The child safety lock is provided to help
prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle.
The rear door safety locks should be used
whenever children are in the vehicle.
1. Open the rear door.
2. Insert a key (or screwdriver) into the
hole (1) and turn it to the lock position
located on the rear edge of the door.
When the child safety lock is in the lock
position, the rear door will not open
even though the inner door handle is
pulled.
4 20
If children accidentally open the
rear doors while the vehicle is in
motion, they could fall out and be
severely injured or killed. To prevent children from opening the rear
doors from the inside, the rear door
safety locks should be used whenever children are in the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
TRUNK
With the trunk lid release lever
To open the trunk from inside the vehicle,
pull up the trunk lid release lever.
Once the trunk is opened and then
closed, the trunk is locked automatically.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
OBA044253
Opening the trunk
With the key
To open the trunk, insert the key and turn
it clockwise.
OBA044254
With the transmitter or smart key
• To open the trunk, press the trunk
unlock button for more than 1 second
on the transmitter.
• To open the trunk, press the trunk
unlock button for more than 1 second
on the smart key or press the button
(1) on the trunk handle with the smart
key in your possession.
WARNING
The trunk swings upward. Make
sure no objects or people are near
the rear of the vehicle when opening the trunk.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the
trunk before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
trunk lift cylinders and attached
hardware if the trunk is not closed
prior to driving.
4 21
Features of your vehicle
Closing the trunk
To close, lower the trunk lid, then press
down on it until it locks. To be sure the
trunk lid is securely fastened, always
check by trying to pull it up again.
WARNING
The trunk lid should be always kept
completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or ajar,
poisonous exhaust gases may
enter the car and serious illness or
death may result.
WARNING
No one should be allowed to occupy the trunk at any time. The trunk
is a very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
4 22
Features of your vehicle
TAILGATE
✽ NOTICE
Closing the tailgate
The central door lock system will operate only when all doors and tailgate are
closed.
To close the tailgate, lower and push
down the tailgate firmly. Make sure that
the tailgate is securely latched.
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, door lock and
door mechanisms may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
OBA043013L
Opening the tailgate
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked by
turning the key to the "Lock" or
"Unlock" position. (if equipped)
• The tailgate is locked or unlocked
when all doors are locked or unlocked
with the remote key, smart key or central door lock/unlock switch.
• If unlocked, the tailgate can be opened
by pulling up the handle.
WARNING
Make sure no objects or people are
near the rear of the vehicle when
opening the tailgate.
CAUTION
Make certain that you close the tailgate before driving your vehicle.
Possible damage may occur to the
tailgate lift cylinders and attaching
hardware if the tailgate is not
closed prior to driving.
WARNING - Exhaust
fumes
If you drive with the tailgate
opened, you will draw dangerous
exhaust fumes into your vehicle
which can cause serious injury or
death to vehicle occupants.
If you must drive with the tailgate
opened, keep the air vents and all
windows open so that additional
outside air comes into the vehicle.
WARNING - Rear cargo
area
Occupants should never ride in the
rear cargo area where no restraints
are available. To avoid injury in the
event of an accident or sudden
stops, occupants should always be
properly restrained.
4 23
Features of your vehicle
WINDOWS
■ Left-hand drive - Type A
■ Left-hand drive - Type B
OBA043004L
OBA043014L
(1) Driver’s door power window switch*
(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch*
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch*
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/down*
(7) Power window lock button*
*: if equipped
4 24
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
Features of your vehicle
■ Right-hand drive - Type A
■ Right-hand drive - Type B
OBA043004
OBA043014R
1) Driver’s door power window switch*
(2) Front passenger’s door power window switch*
(3) Rear door (left) power window switch*
(4) Rear door (right) power window switch*
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/down*
(7) Power window lock button*
✽ NOTICE
In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to freezing conditions.
*: if equipped
4 25
Features of your vehicle
Power windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON position for power windows to operate. Each
door has a power window switch that controls the door’s window. The driver has a
power window lock button which can block
the operation of rear passenger windows.
The power windows can be operated for
approximately 30 seconds after the ignition key is removed or turned to the ACC
or LOCK position. However, if the front
doors are opened, the power windows
cannot be operated even within the 30
seconds period.
4 26
OBA043015L
OBA043016L
Window opening and closing
(if equipped)
The driver’s door has a master power
window switch that controls all the windows in the vehicle.
To open or close a window, press down
or pull up the front portion of the corresponding switch to the first detent position (5).
Auto down window (if equipped)
(Driver’s window)
Pressing the power window switch
momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely lowers the driver’s window even when the switch is released. To
stop the window at the desired position
while the window is in operation, pull up
and release the switch to the opposite
direction of the window movement.
Features of your vehicle
To reset the power windows
If the power window does not operate
normally, the automatic power window
system must be reset as follows:
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
2. Close the driver’s window and continue pulling up the driver’s power window switch for at least 1 second after
the window is completely closed.
OBA043017L
OUN026013
Auto up/down window (if equipped)
(Driver's window)
Pressing or pulling up the power window
switch momentarily to the second detent
position (6) completely lowers or lifts the
window even when the switch is
released. To stop the window at the
desired position while the window is in
operation, pull up or press down and
release the switch.
Automatic reversal (if equipped)
If the upward movement of the window is
blocked by an object or part of the body,
the window will detect the resistance and
will stop upward movement. The window
will then lower approximately 30 cm (11.8
in.) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is pulled
up continuously, the window will stop
upward movement then lower approximately 2.5 cm (1 in.). And if the power
window switch is pulled up continuously
again within 5 seconds after the window
is lowered by the automatic window
reversal feature, the automatic window
reversal will not operate.
4 27
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
When the power window lock button is in
the LOCK position (pressed), the driver’s
master control cannot operate the rear
passenger door power windows.
■ Left-hand drive
The automatic reverse feature for the
driver’s window is only active when the
“auto up” feature is used by fully
pulling up the switch.
CAUTION
WARNING
Always check for obstructions
before raising any window to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage. If an
object less than 4 mm (0.16 in.) in
diameter is caught between the
window glass and the upper window channel, the automatic reverse
window may not detect the resistance and will not stop and reverse
direction.
OBA043018L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043018R
Power window lock button
The driver can disable the power window
switches on the rear passenger doors by
pressing the power window lock button
located on the driver’s door to the LOCK
position (pressed).
4 28
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do not
open or close two windows or
more at the same time. This will
also ensure the longevity of the
fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Windows
• NEVER leave the ignition key in
the vehicle.
• NEVER leave any child unattended in the vehicle. Even very
young children may inadvertently
cause the vehicle to move, entangle themselves in the windows,
or otherwise injure themselves or
others.
• Always double check to make sure
all arms, hands, head and other
obstructions are safely out of the
way before closing a window.
• Do not allow children to play with
the power windows. Keep the driver’s door power window lock
button in the LOCK position
(pressed). Serious injury can
result from unintentional window
operation by the child.
• Do not extend face or arms outside the window while driving.
OBA043009
Manual windows (if equipped)
To raise or lower the window, turn the
window regulator handle clockwise or
counterclockwise.
WARNING
When opening or closing the windows, make sure your passenger's
arms, hands and body are safely
out of the way.
4 29
Features of your vehicle
HOOD
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043005L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043019L
OBA043020L
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise the
hood slightly, push the secondary latch
(1) inside of the hood center and lift
the hood (2).
4. Pull out the support rod from the hood.
5. Hold the hood opened with the support
rod.
WARNING - Hot parts
OBA043005
Opening the hood
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking
brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch the
hood. The hood should pop open
slightly.
4 30
Grasp the support rod in the area
wrapped in plastic. The plastic will
help prevent you from being burned
by hot metal when the engine is hot.
Features of your vehicle
Closing the hood
1. Before closing the hood, check the following:
• All filler caps in the engine compartment must be correctly installed.
• Gloves, rags or any other combustible material must be removed
from the engine compartment.
2. Return the support rod to its clip to prevent it from rattling.
3. Lower the hood until it is about 30 cm (1
ft.) above the closed position and let it
drop. Make sure that it locks into place.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood, ensure
that all obstructions are removed
from the hood opening. Closing
the hood with an obstruction
present in the hood opening may
result in property damage or
severe personal injury.
• Always double check to be sure
that the hood is firmly latched
before driving away. If it is not
latched, the hood could fly open
while the vehicle is being driven,
causing a total loss of visibility,
which might result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with the
hood raised. The view will be
blocked and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
4 31
Features of your vehicle
FUEL FILLER LID
✽ NOTICE
■ Left-hand drive
If the fuel filler lid does not open because
ice has formed around it, tap lightly or
push on the lid to break the ice and
release the lid. Do not pry on the lid. If
necessary, spray around the lid with an
approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a
warm place and allow the ice to melt.
OBA043006L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043021L
1. Stop the engine.
2. To open the fuel filler lid, pull the fuel
filler lid opener up.
3. Pull open the fuel filler lid (1).
4. To remove the cap (2), turn the fuel
filler cap counterclockwise.
5. Refuel as needed.
OBA043006
Opening the fuel filler lid
The fuel filler lid must be opened from
inside the vehicle by pulling up the fuel
filler lid opener.
4 32
Features of your vehicle
Closing the fuel filler lid
1. To install the cap, turn it clockwise until
it “clicks”. This indicates that the cap is
securely tightened.
2. Close the fuel filler lid and push it lightly and make sure that it is securely
closed.
WARNING - Refueling
• If pressurized fuel sprays out, it
can cover your clothes or skin
and subject you to the risk of fire
and burns. Always remove the
fuel cap carefully and slowly. If
the cap is venting fuel or if you
hear a hissing sound, wait until
the condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle
automatically shuts off when
refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap is
installed securely to prevent fuel
spillage in the event of an accident.
WARNING - Refueling
dangers
Automotive fuels are flammable
materials. When refueling, please
note the following guidelines carefully. Failure to follow these guidelines may result in severe personal
injury, severe burns or death by fire
or explosion.
• Read and follow all warning at the
gas station facility.
• Before refueling note the location
of the Emergency Gasoline ShutOff, if available, at the gas station
facility.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle,
you should eliminate potentially
dangerous static electricity discharge by touching another metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas source.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not get back into a vehicle once
you have begun refueling since
you can generate static electricity
by touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric (polyester, satin, nylon, etc.) capable of
producing static electricity. Static
electricity discharge can ignite
fuel vapors resulting in rapid burning. If you must re-enter the vehicle, you should once again eliminate potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a
metal part of the vehicle, away
from the fuel filler neck, nozzle or
other gasoline source.
• When
using
an
approved
portable fuel container be sure to
place the container on the
ground prior to refueling. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling
has begun, contact with the vehicle should be maintained until
the filling is complete.
(Continued)
4 33
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
Use only approved portable plastic fuel containers designed to
carry and store gasoline.
• Do not use cellular phones while
refueling. Electric current and/or
electronic interference from cellular phones can potentially
ignite fuel vapors causing a fire.
• When refueling, always shut the
engine off. Sparks produced by
electrical components related to
the engine can ignite fuel vapors
causing a fire. Once refueling is
complete, check to make sure the
filler cap and filler door are
securely closed, before starting
the engine.
• DO NOT use matches or a lighter
and DO NOT SMOKE or leave a lit
cigarette in your vehicle while at
a gas station especially during
refueling. Automotive fuel is
highly flammable and can, when
ignited, result in fire.
(Continued)
4 34
(Continued)
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the vehicle, and immediately contact the
manager of the gas station and
then contact the local fire department. Follow any safety instructions they provide.
CAUTION
• Make sure to refuel with unleaded
(or leaded for some countries)
fuel only. (Gasoline engine only)
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, we recommend that
you use parts for replacement
from an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. An incorrect fuel filler cap
can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel system or emission control system.
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces
may damage the paint.
• After refueling, make sure the fuel
cap is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event of
an accident.
Features of your vehicle
STEERING WHEEL
Electric power steering (EPS)
(if equipped)
Power steering uses the motor to assist
you in steering the vehicle. If the engine
is off or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, the vehicle may
still be steered, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, we recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
✽ NOTICE
The following symptoms may occur during normal vehicle operation:
• The EPS warning light does not illuminate.
• The steering effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on.
This happens as the system performs
the EPS system diagnostics. When the
diagnostics is completed, the steering
wheel will return to its normal condition.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
turned to the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving
speed.
• The steering effort can suddenly
increase, if the operation of the EPS
system is stopped to prevent serious
accidents when it detects malfunction
of the EPS system by self-diagnosis.
• The steering effort increases if the
steering wheel is rotated continuously
when the vehicle is not in motion.
However, after a few minutes, it will
return to its normal conditions.
Tilt steering (if equipped)
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043007L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043007
To change the steering wheel angle, pull
down the lock release lever (1), adjust
the steering wheel to the desired angle
(2), then pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place. Be sure
to adjust the steering wheel to the
desired position before driving.
4 35
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
WARNING
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist. Do
not press on the horn with a sharppointed object.
• Never adjust the steering wheel
while driving. You may lose steering control and cause severe personal injury, death or accidents.
• After adjusting, push the steering
wheel both up and down to be
certain it is locked in position.
OBA043022L
Horn
To sound the horn, press the area indicated by the horn symbol on your steering wheel (see illustration). The horn will
operate only when this area is pressed.
4 36
Features of your vehicle
MIRRORS
Inside rearview mirror
Outside rearview mirror
Before you start driving, adjust the
rearview mirror to the center on the view
through the rear window.
Be sure to adjust the mirror angles
before driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both lefthand and/or right-hand outside rearview
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch (or
lever). The mirror heads can be folded
back to prevent damage during an automatic car wash or when passing through
a narrow street.
Night
WARNING - Rear visibility
Make sure your line of sight is not
obstructed. Do not place objects in
the rear seat, cargo area, or behind
the rear headrests which could
interfere with your vision through
the rear window.
WARNING
Do not adjust the rearview mirror
while the vehicle is moving. This
could result in loss of control, and
an accident which could cause
death, serious injury or property
damage.
Day
OBA043023L
Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)
Make this adjustment before you start
driving and while the day/night lever is in
the day position.
Pull the day/night lever toward you to
reduce glare from the headlights of the
vehicles behind you during night driving.
Remember that you lose some rearview
clarity in the night position.
WARNING - Rearview
mirrors
• Objects seen in the mirror are
closer than they appear.
• Use your interior rearview mirror
or direct observation to determine the actual distance of following vehicles when changing
lanes.
4 37
Features of your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
CAUTION
Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface
of the glass. If ice should restrict
movement of the mirror, do not
force the mirror for adjustment. To
remove ice, use a deicer spray, or a
sponge or soft cloth with very warm
water.
OBA043024L
CAUTION
If the mirror is jammed with ice, do
not adjust the mirror by force. Use
an approved spray de-icer (not radiator antifreeze) to release the
frozen mechanism or move the
vehicle to a warm place and allow
the ice to melt.
B510A01E
■ Right-hand drive
Remote control
Manual type (if equipped)
To adjust an outside mirror, move the
control lever.
OBA043024R
Electric type (if equipped)
The electric remote control mirror switch
allows you to adjust the position of the left
and right outside rearview mirrors. To
adjust the position of either mirror, the ignition switch should be in the ACC position.
4 38
Features of your vehicle
Move the lever (1) to R or L to select the
right side mirror or the left side mirror,
then press a corresponding point on the
mirror adjustment control to position the
selected mirror up, down, left or right.
After the adjustment, put the lever into
the neutral (center) position to prevent
inadvertent adjustment.
■ Left-hand drive
CAUTION
The electric type outside rearview
mirror operates even though the
ignition switch is in the OFF position. However, to prevent unnecessary battery discharge, do not adjust
the mirrors longer than necessary
while the engine is not running.
CAUTION
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch is
pressed. Do not press the switch
longer than necessary, the motor
may be damaged.
• Do not attempt to adjust the outside rearview mirror by hand.
Doing so may damage the parts.
OBA043026L
■ Right-hand drive
CAUTION
In case it is an electric type outside
rearview mirror, don’t fold it by
hand. It could cause motor failure.
OBA043026R
Folding the outside rearview mirror
Electric Type (if equipped)
To fold the outside rearview mirror,
depress the button.
To unfold it, depress the button again.
4 39
Features of your vehicle
OBA043025L
Manual type
To fold outside rearview mirror, grasp the
housing of the mirror and then fold it
toward the rear of the vehicle.
4 40
Features of your vehicle
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
1. Tachometer
2. Engine temperature gauge
3. Fuel gauge
4. Speedometer
5. Turn signal indicators
6. Warning and indicator lights
7. Odometer / Trip computer
❈ The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more details refer to the "Gauges" in
the next pages.
OBA043100
4 41
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A (km/h)
CAUTION
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
OBA043103
■ Type B (MPH)
OBA043105
Tachometer
The tachometer indicates the approximate number of engine revolutions per
minute (rpm).
Use the tachometer to select the correct
shift points and to prevent lugging and/or
over-revving the engine.
OBA043104
Gauges
Speedometer
The speedometer indicates the forward
speed of the vehicle.
The speedometer is calibrated in kilometers per hour and/or miles per hour.
4 42
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
If the gauge pointer moves beyond
the normal range area toward the
“H” it indicates overheating that
may damage the engine.
WARNING
OBA043107
Engine coolant temperature gauge
(if equipped)
This gauge shows the temperature of the
engine coolant when the ignition switch
is ON.
Do not continue driving with an overheated engine. If your vehicle overheats, refer
to “If the engine overheats” in chapter 6.
Never remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. The engine
coolant is under pressure and
could cause severe burns. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OBA043108
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge indicates the approximate
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.
The fuel tank capacity is given in chapter
8. The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will illuminate
when the fuel tank is nearly empty.
On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel warning light may come on earlier than usual
due to the movement of fuel in the tank.
4 43
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
WARNING - Fuel gauge
It is forbidden to alter the odometer of
all vehicles with the intent to change the
mileage registered on the odometer. The
alteration may void your warranty coverage.
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible after the
warning light comes on or when the
gauge indicator comes close to the
“E” level.
CAUTION
Avoid driving with a very low fuel
level. Running out of fuel could
cause the engine to misfire, damaging the catalytic converter.
4 44
OBA043110
Odometer (km or mi)
The odometer indicates the total distance the vehicle has been driven.
You will also find the odometer useful to
determine when periodic maintenance
should be performed.
Features of your vehicle
Press the TRIP button for less than 1
second to select any mode as follows:
Tripmeter A
Tripmeter B
Distance to empty
Average fuel consumption
OBA043099
Tripmeter/Trip computer (if equipped)
The trip computer is a microcomputercontrolled driver information system that
displays information related to driving,
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position. All stored driving information
(except odometer) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
OBA043111
Instant fuel consumption
Average speed
Elapsed time
ECO ON/OFF*
* if equipped
Tripmeter (km or mi.)
TRIP A : Tripmeter A
TRIP B : Tripmeter B
This mode indicates the distance of individual trips selected since the last tripmeter reset.
The meter's working range is from 0.0 to
9999.9 km. (0.0 to 9999.9 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the tripmeter is
being displayed, clears the tripmeter to
zero (0.0).
4 45
Features of your vehicle
OBA043112
OBA043113
OBA043231
Distance to empty
(km or mi.)
This mode indicates the estimated distance to empty based on the current fuel in
the fuel tank and the amount of fuel delivered to the engine. When the remaining
distance is below 50 km (30 miles), “---” will
be displayed.
The meter’s working range is from 50 to
999 km (30 to 615 miles).
Average fuel consumption
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the average fuel
consumption from the total fuel used and
the distance since the last average consumption reset. The total fuel used is calculated from the fuel consumption input.
For an accurate calculation, drive more
than 300 m (0.18 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more than
1 second, when the average fuel consumption is being displayed, clears the
average fuel consumption to zero (--.-).
Instant fuel consumption
(l/100 km or MPG)
This mode calculates the instant fuel
consumption of the last few seconds.
4 46
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
• If the vehicle is not on level ground or
the battery power has been interrupted, the “Distance to empty” function
may not operate correctly.
The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 6 liters (1.6
gallons) of fuel are added to the vehicle.
• The fuel consumption and distance to
empty may vary significantly based
on driving conditions, driving habits,
and condition of the vehicle.
• The distance to empty is an estimate
of the available driving distance. This
may differ from the actual driving distance available.
OBA043114
OBA043115
Average speed (km/h or MPH)
This mode calculates the average speed
of the vehicle since the last average
speed reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
average speed keeps going while the
engine is running.
For an accurate calculation, drive more
than 300 m (0.18 miles).
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the average speed
is being displayed, clears the average
speed to zero (---).
Elapsed time
This mode indicates the total time traveled since the last driving time reset.
Even if the vehicle is not in motion, the
driving time keeps going while the engine
is running.
The meter’s working range is from
00:00~99:59.
Pressing the RESET button for more
than 1 second, when the driving time is
being displayed, clears the driving time to
zero (00:00).
4 47
Features of your vehicle
“FUSE ON” warning light
(if equipped)
OBA043116
ECO ON/OFF mode (if equipped)
You can turn the ECO indicator on/off on
the instrument cluster in this mode.
If you press the RESET button for more
than 1 second in the ECO ON mode,
ECO OFF is displayed in the screen and
the ECO indicator turns off while driving.
If you want to display the ECO indicator
again, press the RESET button for more
than 1 second in the ECO OFF mode
and then ECO ON mode is displayed in
the screen.
4 48
This warning light illuminates if the fuse
switch in the fuse box is OFF.
Turn the fuse switch on, when the “FUSE
ON” warning light illuminates.
For more details, refer to “Fuses” in chapter 7.
Warnings and indicators
All warning lights are checked by turning
the ignition switch ON (do not start the
engine). If any light that does not illuminate, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. After starting the engine, check to
make sure that all warning lights are off.
If any warning lights are still on, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
Features of your vehicle
Air bag warning light
(if equipped)
Anti-lock brake system
(ABS) warning light
(if equipped)
Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) system warning
light
This warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time you
turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
This light also comes on when the
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) is
not working properly. If the air bag warning light does not come on, or continuously remains on after operating for
about 6 seconds when you turned the
ignition switch to the ON position or started the engine, or if it comes on while
driving, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
This warning light illuminates if the ignition switch is turned to the ON position
and goes off after approximately 3 seconds if the system is operating normally.
If the ABS warning light remains on,
comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the ignition switch is
turned to the ON position, this indicates
that the ABS may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. The normal braking
system will still be operational, but without the assistance of the anti-lock brake
system.
If these two warning lights
illuminate at the same time
while driving, your vehicle’s
ABS and EBD system may have malfunctioned.
In this case, your ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally. We recommend that the system be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If both ABS and Brake warning
lights are on and stay on, your vehicle’s brake system will not work
normally during sudden braking. In
this case, avoid high speed driving
and abrupt braking. We recommend
that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4 49
Features of your vehicle
Seat belt warning
Turn signal indicator
Parking (Position)
light indicator
As a reminder to the driver, the seat belt
warning light will blink for approximately
6 seconds each time you place the ignition switch in the ON position regardless
of belt fastening. If the driver’s seat belt is
unfastened after the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position, the seat belt
warning light blinks again for approximately 6 seconds. If the driver's seat belt
is not fastened when the ignition switch is
placed in the ON position or if it is unfastened after the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the seat belt warning
chime will sound for approximately 6 seconds. At this time, if the seat belt is fastened, the chime will stop at once. (if
equipped)
The left or right turn signal indicator
blinks when you signal a lane change or
turn. If the arrow comes on but does not
blink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or
does not illuminate at all, a malfunction in
the turn signal system is indicated. We
recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer repairs.
This indicator illuminates when the parking (position) lights are on.
4 50
High beam indicator
This indicator illuminates when the headlights are on and in the high beam position or when the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
Features of your vehicle
Engine oil pressure warning light
This warning light indicates the engine oil
pressure is low.
If the warning light illuminates while driving:
1. Drive safely to the side of the road and
stop.
2. With the engine off, check the engine
oil level. If the level is low, add oil as
required.
If the warning light remains on after
adding oil or if oil is not available, we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
If the engine is not stopped immediately after the engine oil pressure
warning light is illuminated, severe
damage could result.
CAUTION
If the oil pressure warning light
stays on while the engine is running, serious engine damage may
result. The oil pressure warning
light comes on whenever there is
insufficient oil pressure. In normal
operation, it should come on when
the ignition switch is turned on, then
goes off when the engine starts. If
the oil pressure warning light stays
on while the engine is running, there
is a serious malfunction.
If this happens, stop the vehicle as
soon as it is safe to do so, turn off
the engine and check the oil level. If
the oil level is low, fill the engine oil
to the proper level and start the
engine again. If the light stays on
with the engine running, turn the
engine off immediately. In any
instance where the oil light stays on
when the engine is running, we recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Parking brake & brake
fluid warning
This light illuminates if the ignition switch is
turned ON and goes off in approximately 3
seconds if the parking brake is not applied.
Parking brake warning
This warning light is illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position. The
warning light should go off when the
parking brake is released.
Low brake fluid level warning
If the warning light remains on, it may
indicate that the brake fluid level in the
reservoir is low.
If the warning light remains on:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and add
fluid as required. Then check all brake
components for fluid leaks.
3. Do not drive the vehicle if leaks are
found, the warning light remains on or
the brakes do not operate properly. We
recommend that you contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4 51
Features of your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. This means you still
have braking on two wheels even if one of
the dual systems should fail. With only one
of the dual systems working, more than
normal pedal travel and greater pedal
pressure are required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as short a
distance with only a portion of the brake
system working. If the brakes fail while you
are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle
as soon as it is safe to do so.
To check bulb operation, check whether
the parking brake and brake fluid warning
light illuminates when the ignition switch
is in the ON position.
WARNING
Driving the vehicle with a warning
light on is dangerous. If the brake
warning light remains on, we recommend that the system be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
4 52
Front fog light indicator
(if equipped)
Shift pattern indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the front
fog lights are ON.
The indicator displays which automatic
transaxle shift lever is selected.
Rear fog light indicator
(If equipped)
This indicator illuminates when the rear
fog lights are ON.
Features of your vehicle
Manual transaxle shift
indicator (if equipped)
Charging system warning
light
Tailgate/trunk open warning light
This indicator informs you which gear is
desired while driving to save fuel.
For example
: Indicates that shifting up to the
3rd gear is desired (currently
the shift lever is in the 2nd
gear).
: Indicates that shifting down to
the 3rd gear is desired (currently the shift lever is in the 4th
gear).
This warning light indicates a malfunction
of either the generator or electrical
charging system.
If the warning light illuminates while the
vehicle is in motion:
1. Drive to the nearest safe location.
2. With the engine off, check the generator drive belt for looseness or breakage.
3. If the belt is adjusted properly, a problem exists somewhere in the electrical
charging system. We recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates when the
tailgate is not closed securely.
✽ NOTICE
When the system is not working properly, up & down arrow indicator and gear
are not displayed.
Door ajar warning light
This warning light illuminates when a
door is not closed securely.
4 53
Features of your vehicle
Immobilizer indicator
(if equipped)
Without smart key system
This indicator illuminates when the
immobilizer key is inserted and turned to
the ON position to start the engine. At
this time, you can start the engine. The
light goes off after the engine runs. If this
light blinks when the ignition switch is in
the ON position before starting the
engine, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
With smart key system
If any of the following occurs in a vehicle
equipped with the smart key, the immobilizer indicator illuminates blinks or goes
off.
• When the smart key is in the vehicle, if
the engine start/stop button is in the
ACC or ON position, the indicator will
illuminate for approximately 30 seconds to indicate that you are able to
start the engine. However, when the
smart key is not in the vehicle, if the
engine start/stop button is pressed, the
indicator will blink for a few seconds to
indicate that you are not be able to
start the engine.
4 54
• If the indicator illuminates only for 2
seconds and goes out when the
engine start/stop button is turned to
ON position with the smart key in the
vehicle, have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When the battery is weak, if the engine
start/stop button is pressed, the indicator will blink and you are not able to
start the engine. However, you are able
to start the engine by inserting the
smart key in the smart key holder. Also,
if the smart key system related parts
have a problem, the indicator will blink.
Low fuel level warning
light
This warning light indicates the fuel tank
is nearly empty. When it comes on, you
should add fuel as soon as possible.
Driving with the fuel level warning light on
or with the fuel level below “E” can cause
the engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter (if equipped).
Malfunction indicator light
(MIL) (check engine light)
This indicator is part of the Engine
Control System which monitors various
emission control system components. If
this indicator illuminates while driving, it
indicates that a potential malfunction has
been detected somewhere in the emission control system.
This indicator will also illuminates when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, and will go off in a few seconds
after the engine is started. If it illuminates
while driving, or does not illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned to the ON
position, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Generally, your vehicle will continue to be
drivable, we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Prolonged driving with the
Emission
Control
System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminated may cause damage to the
emission control systems which
could affect drivability and/or fuel
economy.
• If the Emission Control System
Malfunction Indicator Light illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible which
could result in loss of engine
power. We recommend that the
system be inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) indicator
(if equipped)
The ESC indicator will illuminate when
the ignition switch is turned ON, but
should go off after approximately 3 seconds. When the ESC is on, it monitors
the driving conditions. Under normal driving conditions, the ESC indicator will
remain off. When a slippery or low traction condition is encountered, the ESC
will operate, and the ESC indicator will
blink to indicate the ESC is operating.
But, if the ESC system malfunctions the
indicator illuminates and stays on. We
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ESC OFF indicator
(if equipped)
The ESC OFF indicator will illuminate
when the ignition switch is turned ON,
but should go off after approximately 3
seconds. To switch to ESC OFF mode,
press the ESC OFF button. The ESC
OFF indicator will illuminate indicating
the ESC is deactivated.
4 55
Features of your vehicle
Key reminder warning chime
(if equipped)
If the driver’s door is opened while the
ignition key is left in the ignition switch
(ACC or LOCK position), the key
reminder warning chime will sound. This
is to prevent you from locking your keys
in the vehicle. The chime sounds until the
key is removed from the ignition switch or
the driver’s door is closed.
4 56
Electric power steering
(EPS) system warning light
(if equipped)
KEY OUT indicator
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates after the
ignition key is turned to the ON position
and then it will go off when the engine
starts.
This light also comes on when the EPS
has malfunctioned. If it comes on while
driving, we recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
When the engine start/stop button is in
the ACC or ON position, if any door is
open, the system checks for the smart
key. If the smart key is not in the vehicle,
the indicator will blink, and if all doors are
closed, the chime will also sound for
about 5 seconds. The indicator will go off
while the vehicle is moving. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle.
KEY
OUT
Features of your vehicle
Overspeed warning
(if equipped)
120
km/h
Overspeed warning light
If you drive with the speed of 120 km/h or
more, the overspeed warning light will
blink. This is to prevent you from overspeeding.
Overspeed warning chime (if equipped)
If you drive with the speed of 120km/h or
more, the overspeed warning chime will
sound for about 5 seconds. This is to prevent you from overspeeding.
4 57
Features of your vehicle
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OBA043027L
The hazard warning flasher should be
used whenever you find it necessary to
stop the vehicle in a hazardous location.
When you must make such an emergency stop, always pull off the road as far
as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned on
by pushing in the hazard button. Both
turn signal lights will blink. The hazard
warning lights will operate even though
the key is not in the ignition switch.
To turn the hazard warning lights off,
push the button again.
4 58
Features of your vehicle
LIGHTING
Battery saver function (if equipped)
• The purpose of this feature is to prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the exterior lights when the
driver removes the ignition key and
opens the driver-side door.
• With this feature, the parking lights will
turn off automatically if the driver parks
on the side of road at night.
If necessary, to keep the lights on
when the ignition key is removed, perform the following :
1) Open the driver-side door.
2) Turn the parking lights OFF and ON
again using the light switch on the
steering column.
■ Type A
■ Type A
ORB040046D
■ Type B
ORBC040047
■ Type B
OBA043211IN
Lighting control
The light switch has a Headlight and a
Parking light position.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at the
end of the control lever to one of the following positions:
(1) OFF position
(2) Parking light position
(3) Headlight position
OBA043212IN
Parking light position (
)
When the light switch is in the parking
light position, the parking(position) light,
license and instrument panel lights will
turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the instrument panel
lights.
4 59
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type A
ORBC040047
■ Type B
■ Type A
ORBC040049
■ Type B
OBA043213IN
Headlight position ( )
When the light switch is in the headlight
position, the headlight, parking(position)
light, license and instrument panel lights
will turn ON.
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlights.
OBA043214IN
OBA043215IN
High beam operation
Flashing headlights
To turn on the high beam headlights,
push the lever away from you. Pull it back
for low beams.
The high beam indicator will light when
the headlight high beams are switched on.
To prevent the battery from being discharged, do not leave the lights on for a
prolonged time whilst the engine is not
running.
To flash the headlights, pull the lever
towards you. It will return to the normal
(low beam) position when released. The
headlight switch does not need to be on
to use this flashing feature.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles. Using high beam
could obstruct the other driver's
vision.
4 60
ORBC040050
■ Type B
Features of your vehicle
The lever will return to the OFF position
when released or when the turn is completed. If an indicator stays on and does
not flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned out
and will require replacement.
■ Type A
One-touch lane change function
(if equipped)
To activate an one-touch lane change
function, move the turn signal lever
slightly and then release it. The lane
change signals will blink 3 times.
✽ NOTICE
ORBC040051
If an indicator flash is abnormally quick
or slow, a bulb may be burned out or have
a poor electrical connection in the circuit.
■ Type B
OBA043217IN
Turn signals and lane change
signals
To signal a turn, push down on the lever
for a left turn or up for a right turn in position (A). To signal a lane change, move
the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in
position (B).
4 61
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type C
CAUTION
When in operation, the fog lights
consume large amounts of vehicle
electrical power. Only use the fog
lights when visibility is poor or
unnecessary battery and generator
drain could occur.
■ Type B
■ Type D
ORBC040052/ORB040052D/OTA040219R/ORBI041052
Front fog light (if equipped)
Fog lights are used to provide improved visibility and avoid accidents when visibility is poor due to fog, rain or snow etc. The fog lights will turn on when fog light
switch (1) is turned to the ON position after the parking light is turned on.
To turn off the fog lights, turn the switch to the OFF position.
4 62
✽ NOTICE
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the front fog light.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type C
✽ NOTICE
To turn on the rear fog light switch, the
ignition switch must be in the ON position.
■ Type B
■ Type D
ORBC040053/ORBC040052E/OTA040217R/OTA040218R
Rear fog light (if equipped)
The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the light
switch is in the parking light position or headlight position.
To turn off the rear fog lights, turn the switch to the OFF position.
4 63
Features of your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043008L
■ Right-hand drive
Loading condition
Driver only
Driver + Front passenger
Full passengers
OBA043008
Headlight leveling device
(if equipped)
To adjust the headlight beam level
according to the number of passengers
and loading weight in the luggage area,
turn the beam leveling switch.
4 64
The higher the number of the switch
position, the lower the headlight beam
level. Always keep the headlight beam at
the proper leveling position, or headlights
may dazzle other road users.
Listed below are the examples of proper
switch settings. For loading conditions
other than those listed below, adjust the
switch position so that the beam level
may be the nearest as the condition
obtained according to the list.
Switch position
0
0
1
Full passengers +
Maximum permissible
loading
3
Driver + Maximum permissible loading
5
Daytime running light
(if equipped)
Daytime Running Lights (DRL) can make
it easier for others to see the front of your
vehicle during the day. DRL can be helpful in many different driving conditions,
and it is especially helpful after dawn and
before sunset.
The DRL system will turn off the dedicated lamp when:
• The headlight (low beam) switch is ON.
• The engine is OFF
• The front fog light is ON.
Features of your vehicle
WIPERS AND WASHERS
■ Front
■ Rear
- Type A
- Type C
- Type A
- Type B
- Type D
- Type B
OBA043232/OBA043234/OBA043233/OBA043235
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe*
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
B : Wash with brief wipes (front)
* : if equipped
OBA043236/OBA043237
C : Rear wiper/washer control
·
– Wash with brief wipes
· ON – Continuous wipe
· OFF – Off
4 65
Features of your vehicle
Windshield wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition
switch is turned ON.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle, push
the lever upward and release it.
The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is pushed
upward and held.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at the
same wiping intervals. Use this
mode in a light rain or mist. To vary
the speed setting, turn the speed
control knob. (if equipped)
LO : Normal wiper speed
HI : Fast wiper speed
■ Type A
■ Type C
■ Type B
■ Type D
✽ NOTICE
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
4 66
OBA043238/OBA043239/OBA043240/OBA043242
Windshield washers
In the OFF position, pull the lever gently toward you to spray washer fluid on the
windshield and to run the wipers 1-3 cycles.
Use this function when the windshield is dirty.
The spray and wiper operation will continue until you release the lever.
If the washer does not work, check the washer fluid level. If the fluid level is not
sufficient, you will need to add appropriate non-abrasive windshield washer fluid
to the washer reservoir.
Features of your vehicle
■ Type A
■ Type B
CAUTION
To prevent possible damage to the
washer pump, do not operate the
washer when the fluid reservoir is
empty.
WARNING
Do not use the washer in freezing
temperatures without first warming
the windshield with the defrosters;
the washer solution could freeze on
contact with the windshield and
obscure your vision.
CAUTION
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use petrol,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
OBA043241
OBA043243
Rear window wiper and washer switch (if equipped)
The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and
washer switch lever. Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper
and washer.
- Spraying washer fluid and wiping
ON - Normal wiper operation
OFF - Wiper is not in operation
4 67
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR LIGHT
CAUTION
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when engine is
not running.
It may cause battery discharge.
OTD049086
Room lamp
• ON (1)
The light stays on at all times.
CAUTION
Do not leave the switch in this position for an extended period of time
when the engine is not running.
4 68
• DOOR (2)
The light comes on when any door is
opened regardless of the ignition switch
position.
When doors are unlocked by the transmitter, the light comes on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The light goes out gradually
after approximately 30 seconds if the
door is closed. However, if the ignition
switch is ON or all doors are locked, the
light will go out immediately.
If a door is opened with the ignition
switch in the ACC or LOCK position, the
light stays on for about 20 minutes.
However, if a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ON position, the
light stays on continuously.
• OFF (3)
The light stays off at all times even when
a door is opened.
Features of your vehicle
OBA043028L
OBA043201L
Luggage room lamp (if equipped)
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
The luggage room lamp comes on when
the tailgate is opened.
The glove box lamp comes on when the
glove box is opened.
The parking lights or headlights must be
ON for the glove box lamp to function.
4 69
Features of your vehicle
DEFROSTER
CAUTION
■ Left-hand drive
To prevent damage to the conductors bonded to the inside surface of
the rear window, never use sharp
instruments or window cleaners
containing abrasives to clean the
window.
To prevent the battery from being
discharged, operate the defroster
only while the engine is running.
OBA043150L
■ Right-hand drive
✽ NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog the
front windshield, refer to “Windshield
defrosting and defogging” in this chapter.
OBA043150
Rear window defroster
(if equipped)
The defroster heats the window to
remove frost, fog and thin ice from the
interior and exterior of the rear window,
while the engine is running.
4 70
To activate the rear window defroster,
press the rear window defroster button
located in the center facia switch panel.
The indicator on the rear window
defroster button illuminates when the
defroster is ON.
If there is heavy accumulation of snow on
the rear window, brush it off before operating the rear defroster.
The rear window defroster automatically
turns off after approximately 20 minutes
or when the ignition switch is turned off.
To turn off the defroster, press the rear
window defroster button again.
Features of your vehicle
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Left-hand drive
1. Mode selection knob
2. Fan speed control knob
3. Temperature control knob
4. Air conditioning button*
5. Air intake control button
(recirculated air position)
■ Right-hand drive
6. Air intake control button
(outside (fresh) air position)
7. Rear window defroster button*
* : if equipped
OBA043151L/OBA043151
4 71
Features of your vehicle
Heating and air conditioning
■ Left-hand drive
■ Right-hand drive
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling :
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air or recirculated air position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the air
conditioning system (if equipped) on.
OBA043152L/OBA043152
4 72
Features of your vehicle
■ Front - Left-hand drive
Bi-Level (B, D, C, E)
Air flow is discharged towards the face
and floor.
Floor-Level (C, A, D)
OBA043153
Mode selection
The mode selection knob controls the
direction of the air flow through the ventilation system.
Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard
outlets, or windshield. Five symbols are
used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor,
Floor-Defrost and Defrost air position.
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
directed to the windshield and side window defrosters.
OBA043154L
■ Front - Right-hand drive
Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the floor
and the windshield with a small amount
directed to the side window defrosters.
OBA043154
Face-Level (B, C, E)
Air flow is directed toward the upper body
and face. Additionally, each outlet can be
controlled to direct the air discharged
from the outlet.
Defrost-Level (A, C, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
Instrument panel vents
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
by using the vent control lever.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivered from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
4 73
Features of your vehicle
■ Rear
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043156L
OBA043227IN
OBA043155
The outlet vents can be opened or closed
separately using the thumbwheel.
Also, you can adjust the direction of air
delivery from these vents using the vent
control lever as shown.
Temperature control
The temperature control knob allows you
to control the temperature of the air flowing from the ventilation system. To
change the air temperature in the passenger compartment, turn the knob to
the right for warm air or left for cooler air.
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043156
Air intake control
This is used to select outside (fresh) air
position or recirculated air position.
To change the air intake control position,
push the control button.
4 74
Features of your vehicle
Recirculated air position
The indicator light on the
button illuminates when the
recirculated air position is
selected.
With the recirculated air
position selected, air from
the passenger compartment will be drawn through
the heating system and
heated or cooled according
to the function selected.
Outside (fresh) air position
With the outside (fresh) air
position selected, air enters
the vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled according to the function selected.
✽ NOTICE
Prolonged operation of the heater in the
recirculated air position (without air
conditioning selected) may cause fogging of the windshield and side windows
and the air within the passenger compartment may become stale.
In addition, prolonged use of the air conditioning with the recirculated air position selected will result in excessively dry
air in the passenger compartment.
WARNING
• Continuous operation of the climate control system in the recirculated air position may allow
humidity to increase inside the
vehicle which may fog the glass
and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in a vehicle with the
air conditioning or heating system
on. It may cause serious harm or
death due to a drop in the oxygen
level and/or body temperature.
• Continuous operation of the climate control system in the recirculated air position can cause
drowsiness or sleepiness, and
loss of vehicle control. Set the air
intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position as much as
possible while driving.
OBA043157
Fan speed control
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position for fan operation.
The fan speed control knob allows you to
control the fan speed of the air flowing
from the ventilation system. To change
the fan speed, turn the knob to the right
for higher speed or left for lower speed.
Setting the fan speed control knob to the
“0” position turns off the fan.
4 75
Features of your vehicle
System operation
■ Left-hand drive
Ventilation
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
OBA043158L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043158
Air conditioning (if equipped)
Press the A/C button to turn the air conditioning system on (indicator light will
illuminate). To turn the air conditioning
system off, press the button again.
4 76
Heating
1. Set the mode to the
position.
2. Set the air intake control to the outside
(fresh) air position.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If dehumidified heating is desired, turn
the air conditioning system (if equipped)
on.
• If the windshield fogs up, set the mode
,
position.
to the
Operation Tips
• To prevent dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through the
ventilation system, temporarily set the
air intake control to the recirculated air
position. Be sure to return the control
to the fresh air position when the irritation has passed to keep fresh air in
the vehicle. This will help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• Air for the heating/cooling system is
drawn in through the grilles just ahead
of the windshield. Care should be
taken that these are not blocked by
leaves, snow, ice or other obstructions.
• To prevent interior fog on the windshield, set the air intake control to the
fresh air position and fan speed to the
desired position, turn on the air conditioning system, and adjust the temperature control to a desired temperature.
Features of your vehicle
Air conditioning (if equipped)
All HYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systems
are filled with environmentally friendly
R-134a refrigerant.
1. Start the engine. Push the air conditioning button.
2. Set the mode to the
position.
3. Set the air intake control to the recirculated air position. However, prolonged
operation of the recirculated air position will excessively dry the air. In this
case, change the air position.
4. Adjust the fan speed control and temperature control to maintain maximum
comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired, set
the temperature control to the extreme
left, set the air intake control to the
recirculated air position, then set the
fan speed control to the highest speed.
✽ NOTICE
• While using the air conditioning system, monitor the temperature gauge
closely while driving up hills or in
heavy traffic when outside temperatures are high. Air conditioning system operation may cause engine overheating. Continue to use the blower
fan but turn the air conditioning system off if the temperature gauge indicates engine overheating.
• While opening the windows in humid
weather air conditioning may create
water droplets inside the vehicle.
Since excessive water droplets may
cause damage to electrical equipment,
air conditioning should only be used
with the windows closed.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in direct
sunlight during hot weather, open the
windows for a short time to let the hot
air inside the vehicle escape.
• To help reduce moisture inside of the
windows on rainy or humid days,
decrease the humidity inside the vehicle
by operating the air conditioning system.
• During air conditioning system operation, you may occasionally notice a slight
change in engine speed as the air conditioning compressor cycles. This is a
normal system operation characteristic.
• Use the air conditioning system every
month only for a few minutes to ensure
maximum system performance.
• When using the air conditioning system,
you may notice clear water dripping (or
even puddling) on the ground under the
passenger side of the vehicle. This is a
normal system operation characteristic.
• Operating the air conditioning system
in the recirculated air position provides
maximum cooling, however, continual
operation in this mode may cause the
air inside the vehicle to become stale.
• During cooling operation, you may
occasionally notice a misty air flow
because of rapid cooling and humid air
intake. This is a normal system operation characteristics.
4 77
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
Outside air
Recirculated
air
Climate control
air filter
Heater core
Evaporator
Blower
core
OPB049140L
Climate control air filter
The climate control air filter installed in
your vehicle filters the dust or other pollutants that come into the vehicle from
the outside through the heating and air
conditioning system. If dust or other pollutants accumulate in the filter over a
period of time, the air flow from the air
vents may decrease, resulting in moisture accumulation inside of the windshield even when the outside (fresh) air
position is selected. If this happens, we
recommend that the climate control air
filter be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
4 78
• Check the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule in chapter 7.
If the vehicle is being driven in severe
conditions such as dusty, rough roads,
more frequent climate control air filter
inspections and changes are required.
• When the air flow rate suddenly
decreases, we recommend that the
system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is low,
the performance of the air conditioning is
reduced. Overfilling also has a negative
impact on the air conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽ NOTICE
It is important that the correct type and
amount of oil and refrigerant is used.
Otherwise, damage to the compressor and
abnormal system operation may occur.
WARNING
Improper service may cause serious injury to the person performing
the service. For more detailed information, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer. Improper service may cause
serious injury to the person performing the service.
Features of your vehicle
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING - Windshield
heating
Do not use the
or
position
during cooling operation in extremely humid weather. The difference
between the temperature of the outside air and the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of visibility. In this case, set the mode
selection knob or button to the
position and fan speed control knob
or button to the lower speed.
• For maximum defrosting, set the temperature control to the extreme
right/hot position and the fan speed
control to the highest speed.
• If warm air to the floor is desired while
defrosting or defogging, set the mode
to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and ice
from the windshield, rear window, outside rear view mirrors, and all side windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the hood
and air inlet in the cowl grill to improve
heater and defroster efficiency and to
reduce the probability of fogging up
inside of the windshield.
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043169L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043169
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except “0” position.
2. Select desired temperature.
4 79
Features of your vehicle
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning (if equipped) will be selected
automatically.
If the air-conditioning (if equipped) and
outside (fresh) air position are not selected automatically, press the corresponding button manually.
■ Left-hand drive
3. Select the
position.
4. The outside (fresh) air and air conditioning will be selected automatically.
OBA043170L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043170
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
(extreme right) position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme hot
position.
4 80
Features of your vehicle
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
■ Left-hand drive
CAUTION
• To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartment.
• Always keep the storage compartment covers closed while
driving. Do not attempt to place
so many items in the storage
compartment that the storage
compartment cover can not close
securely.
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043200L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043202L
■ Right-hand drive
WARNING - Flammable
materials
Do not store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other flammable/explosive materials in the vehicle. These items may catch fire
and/or explode if the vehicle is
exposed to hot temperatures for
extended periods.
OBA043200
Center console storage
(if equipped)
These compartments can be used to
store small items.
OBA043202
Glove box
To open the glove box, pull the handle
and the glove box will automatically
open. Close the glove box after use.
4 81
Features of your vehicle
1. Turn on the air conditioning.
2. Slide the open/close lever (1) of the
vent installed in the glove box to the
open position.
3. When the cool box is not used, slide
the lever (1) to the closed position.
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING
To reduce the risk of injury in an
accident or sudden stop, always
keep the glove box door closed
while driving.
✽ NOTICE
OBA043203L
If some items in the cool box block the
vent, the cooling effectiveness of the cool
box is reduced.
■ Right-hand drive
WARNING
Do not put perishable food in the
cool box because it may not maintain the necessary consistent temperature to keep the food fresh.
OBA043203
Cool box (if equipped)
You can keep beverage cans or other
items cool in the glove box.
4 82
✽ NOTICE
If the temperature control knob is in the
warm or hot position, warm or hot air
will flow into the glove box.
Features of your vehicle
INTERIOR FEATURES
■ Left-hand drive
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING
• Do not hold the lighter in after it
is already heated because it will
overheat.
• If the lighter does not pop out
within 30 seconds, remove it to
prevent overheating.
OBA043207L
■ Right-hand drive
CAUTION
We recommend that you use parts
for replacement from an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer. The use of plug-in
accessories (shavers, hand-held
vacuums, and coffee pots, for
example) may damage the socket or
cause electrical failure.
OBA043204L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043207
OBA043204
Cigarette lighter (if equipped)
Ashtray (if equipped)
For the cigarette lighter to work, the ignition switch must be in the ACC or ON
position.
To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the
way into its socket. When the element is
heated, the lighter will pop out to the
"ready" position.
To use the ashtray, open the cover.
To clean or empty the ashtray, pull it out.
4 83
Features of your vehicle
WARNING - Ashtray use
• Do not use the vehicle’s ashtray
as waste receptacles.
• Putting lit cigarettes or matches
in an ashtray with other combustible materials may cause fire.
Cup holder
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING - Hot liquids
• Do not place uncovered cups of
hot liquid in the cup holder while
the vehicle is in motion. If the hot
liquid spills, you may burn yourself. Such a burn to the driver
could lead to loss of control of
the vehicle.
• To reduce the risk of personal
injury in the event of a sudden
stop or collision, do not place
uncovered or unsecured bottles,
glasses, cans, etc., in the cup
holder while the vehicle is in
motion.
OBA043205L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043205
Cups or small beverage cans may be
placed in the cup holders.
4 84
Features of your vehicle
■ Front-Left-hand drive
■ Driver’s side
OBA043229IN
■ Rear
OBA043209L
■ Front-Right-hand drive
■ Passenger’s side
OBA043225IN
Power outlet
The power outlet is designed to provide
power for mobile telephones or other
devices designed to operate with vehicle
electrical systems. The devices should
draw less than 15 amps with the engine
running.
OBA043031R
OBA043209
Sunvisor
Use the sunvisor to shield direct light
through the front or side windows.
A mirror (if equipped) and ticket holder (if
equipped) is provided on the sunvisor.
4 85
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and remove
the accessory plug after use.
Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the
engine off could cause the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories
which are less than 15A in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
• Some electronic devices can cause
electronic
interference
when
plugged into a vehicle’s power outlet. These devices may cause
excessive audio static and malfunctions in other electronic systems or
devices used in your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not put a finger or a foreign element (pin, etc.) into a power outlet
and do not touch with a wet hand.
You may get an electric shock.
4 86
WARNING
OMD040195N
Floor mat anchor(s)
When using a floor mat on the front floor
carpet, make sure it attaches to the floor
mat anchor(s) in your vehicle. This keeps
the floor mat from sliding forward.
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat to
the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's
floor mat anchor(s) before driving
the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to the
vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top of
one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor
mat). Only a single floor mat
should be installed in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver's side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation,
HYUNDAI recommends that only
the HYUNDAI floor mat designed
for use in your vehicle be
installed.
Features of your vehicle
To keep items from shifting in the cargo
area, you can use the four holders located in the cargo area to attach the luggage net.
If necessary, we recommend that you
contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
to obtain a luggage net.
Cargo area cover (if equipped)
Use the cargo area cover to hide items
stored in the cargo area.
The cargo area cover can be uprighted
or removed.
WARNING
OPB049138
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the goods or
the vehicle, care should be taken
when carrying fragile or bulky
objects in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
OPB049139
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch. The luggage net ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of the
luggage net’s recoil path. DO NOT
use when the strap has visible
signs of wear or damage.
• Do not place objects on the cargo
area cover. Such objects may be
thrown about inside the vehicle
and possibly injure vehicle occupants during an accident or braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in the
luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
CAUTION
Do not put luggage on the cover
since it may be damaged or malformed.
OPB049142
Luggage net (holder) (if equipped)
4 87
Features of your vehicle
AUDIO SYSTEM
✽ NOTICE
CAUTION
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle’s audio and
electronic device may malfunction.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,
cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleaner
and air freshener from contacting the
interior parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
OAM049093
Antenna
Roof antenna
Your car uses a roof antenna to receive
both AM and FM broadcast signals. This
antenna is a removable type. To remove
the antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To
install the antenna, turn it clockwise.
4 88
• Before entering a place with a low
height clearance, be sure that the
antenna is removed.
• Be sure to remove the antenna
before washing the vehicle in an
automatic car wash or it may be
damaged.
• When reinstalling your antenna, it
is important that it is fully tightened and adjusted to the upright
position to ensure proper reception. But it could be removed
when parking the vehicle.
Features of your vehicle
OBA043228IN
Audio remote control
(if equipped)
The steering wheel audio remote control
button is installed to promote safe driving.
CAUTION
Do not operate the audio remote
control buttons simultaneously.
VOL (+, -) (1)
• Press the button (+) to increase volume.
• Press the button (-) to decrease volume.
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK select
button.
MUTE (2)
• Press the MUTE button to cancel
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to activate sound.
CDP mode
It will function as the FF/REW button.
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select Radio
or CD (compact disc).
SEEK (
/
) (4)
The SEEK button has different functions
base on the system mode. For the following functions the button should be
pressed for 0.8 second or more.
If the SEEK button is pressed for less
than 0.8 second, it will work as follows in
each mode.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION
select buttons.
CDP mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN
button.
Detailed information for audio control
buttons is described in the following
pages in this chapter.
4 89
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE
■ Left-hand drive
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise may
occur during playback. If this happens,
use the power source of the portable
audio device.
OBA043208L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043208
Aux, USB and iPod
(if equipped)
If your vehicle has an aux and/or
USB(universal serial bus) port or iPod
port, you can use an aux port to connect
audio devices and an USB port to plug in
an USB and also an iPod port to plug in
an iPod.
4 90
Features of your vehicle
This can be due to factors, such as the
distance from the radio station, closeness of other strong radio stations or the
presence of buildings, bridges or other
large obstructions in the area.
FM reception
JBM001
How vehicle audio works
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast
from transmitter towers located around
your city. They are intercepted by the
radio antenna on your vehicle. This signal
is then received by the radio and sent to
your vehicle speakers.
When a strong radio signal has reached
your vehicle, the precise engineering of
your audio system ensures the best possible quality reproduction. However, in
some cases the signal coming to your
vehicle may not be strong and clear.
AM (MW, LW) reception
JBM002
AM broadcasts can be received at
greater distances than FM broadcasts.
This is because AM radio waves are
transmitted at low frequencies. These
long, low frequency radio waves can follow the curvature of the earth rather than
travelling straight out into the atmosphere. In addition, they curve around
obstructions so that they can provide better signal coverage.
4 91
Features of your vehicle
FM radio station
JBM003
JBM004
JBM005
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high
frequencies and do not bend to follow the
earth's surface. Because of this, FM
broadcasts generally begin to fade at
short distances from the station. Also,
FM signals are easily affected by buildings, mountains, or other obstructions.
These can result in certain listening conditions which might lead you to believe a
problem exists with your radio. The following conditions are normal and do not
indicate radio trouble:
• Fading - As your vehicle moves away
from the radio station, the signal will
weaken and sound will begin to fade.
When this occurs, we suggest that you
select another stronger station.
• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or
large obstructions between the transmitter and your radio can disturb the
signal causing static or fluttering noises to occur. Reducing the treble level
may lessen this effect until the disturbance clears.
• Station Swapping - As a FM signal
weakens, another more powerful signal near the same frequency may
begin to play. This is because your
radio is designed to lock onto the clearest signal. If this occurs, select another
station with a stronger signal.
• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals
being received from several directions
can cause distortion or fluttering. This
can be caused by a direct and reflected signal from the same station, or by
signals from two stations with close
frequencies. If this occurs, select
another station until the condition has
passed.
4 92
Features of your vehicle
Using a cellular phone or a two-way
radio
When a cellular phone is used inside the
vehicle, noise may be produced from the
audio system. This does not mean that
something is wrong with the audio equipment. In such a case, use the cellular
phone at a place as far as possible from
the audio equipment.
CAUTION
When using a communication system such as a cellular phone or a
radio set inside the vehicle, a separate external antenna must be fitted.
When a cellular phone or a radio set
is used with an internal antenna
alone, it may interfere with the vehicle's electrical system and adversely
affect safe operation of the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not use a cellular phone while
driving. Stop at a safe location to
use a cellular phone.
Caring for disc
• If the temperature inside the car is too
high, open the car windows to ventilate
before using the system.
• It is illegal to copy and use MP3/WMA
files without permission. Use CDs that
are created only by lawful means.
• Do not apply volatile agents, such as
benzene and thinner, normal cleaners
and magnetic sprays made for analogue disc onto CDs.
• To prevent the disc surface from getting damaged, hold CDs by the edges
or the center hole only.
• Clean the disc surface with a piece of
soft cloth before playback (wipe it from
the center to the outside edge).
• Do not damage the disc surface or
attach pieces of sticky tape or paper.
• Make certain only CDs are inserted
into the CD player (Do not insert more
than one CD at a time).
• Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt.
• Depending on the type of CD-R/CDRW CDs, certain CDs may not operate
normally according to manufacturing
companies or making and recording
methods. In such circumstances, continued use may cause malfunctions to
your audio system.
4 93
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - Playing an
Incompatible Copy
Protected Audio CD
Some copy protected CDs, which do not
comply with international audio CD
standards (Red Book), may not play on
your car audio. Please note that inabilities to properly play a copy protected
CD may indicate that the CD is defective, not the CD player.
4 94
✽ NOTICE
Order of playing files (folders) :
1. Song playing order :
to
sequentially.
2. Folder playing order :
❈ If no song file is contained in the folder, that folder is not displayed.
Features of your vehicle
WARNING
• Do not stare at the screen while
driving. Staring at the screen for
prolonged periods of time could
lead to traffic accidents.
• Do not disassemble, assemble, or
modify the audio system. Such
acts could result in accidents,
fire, or electric shock.
• Using the phone while driving
may lead to a lack of attention of
traffic conditions and increase
the likelihood of accidents. Use
the phone feature after parking
the vehicle.
• Heed caution not to spill water or
introduce foreign objects into the
device. Such acts could lead to
smoke, fire, or product malfunction.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Please refrain from use if the
screen is blank or no sound can
be heard as these signs may indicate
product
malfunction.
Continued use in such conditions
could lead to accidents(fires,
electric shock) or product malfunctions.
• Do not touch the antenna during
thunder or lightening as such
acts may lead to lightning
induced electric shock.
• Do not stop or park in parkingrestricted areas to operate the
product. Such acts could lead to
traffic accidents.
• Use the system with the vehicle
ignition turned on. Prolonged use
with the ignition turned off could
result in battery discharge.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Driving while distracted can result in
a loss of vehicle control that may
lead to an accident, severe personal
injury, and death. The driver’s primary responsibility is in the safe and
legal operation of a vehicle, and use
of any handheld devices, other
equipment, or vehicle systems
which take the driver’s eyes, attention and focus away from the safe
operation of a vehicle or which are
not permissible by law should never
be used during operation of the
vehicle.
4 95
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
• Operating the device while driving could lead to accidents due to
a lack of attention to external surroundings. First park the vehicle
before operating the device.
• Adjust the volume to levels that
allow the driver to hear sounds
from outside of the vehicle.
Driving in a state where external
sounds cannot be heard may lead
to accidents.
• Pay attention to the volume setting when turning the device on.
A sudden output of extreme volume upon turning the device on
could lead to hearing impairment.
(Adjust the volume to a suitable
levels before turning off the
device.)
(Continued)
4 96
(Continued)
• Turn on the car ignition before
using this device. Do not operate
the audio system for long periods
of time with the ignition turned off
as such operations may lead to
battery discharge.
• Do not subject the device to
severe shock or impact. Direct
pressure onto the front side of
the monitor may cause damage to
the LCD or touch screen.
• When cleaning the device, make
sure to turn off the device and
use a dry and smooth cloth.
Never use tough materials, chemical cloths, or solvents (alcohol,
benzene, thinners, etc.) as such
materials may damage the device
panel or cause color/quality deterioration
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Do not place beverages close to
the audio system. Spilling beverages may lead to system malfunction.
• In case of product malfunction,
please contact your place of purchase or After Service center.
• Placing the audio system within
an electromagnetic environment
may result in noise interference.
• Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil from
contacting
the
dashboard
because they may cause damage
or discoloration.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - USING THE USB
DEVICE
• To use an external USB device, make
sure the device is not connected when
starting up the vehicle. Connect the
device after starting up.
• If you start the engine when the USB
device is connected, it may damage
the USB device. (USB flashdrives are
very sensitive to electric shock.)
• If the engine is started up or turned
off while the external USB device is
connected, the external USB device
may not work.
• The System may not play inauthentic
MP3 or WMA files.
1) It can only play MP3 files with the
compression rate between 8Kbps ~
320Kbps.
2) It can only play WMA music files
with the compression rate between
8Kbps ~ 320Kbps.
• Take precautions for static electricity
when connecting or disconnecting the
external USB device.
• An encrypted MP3 PLAYER is not
recognizable.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Depending on the condition of the
external USB device, the connected
external USB device can be unrecognizable.
• When the formatted byte/sector setting of External USB device is not
either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE, then
the device will not be recognized.
• Use only a USB device formatted to
FAT 12/16/32.
• USB devices without USB I/F authentication may not be recognizable.
• Make sure the USB connection terminal does not come in contact with the
human body or other objects.
• If you repeatedly connect or disconnect the USB device in a short period
of time, it may break the device.
• You may hear a strange noise when
connecting or disconnecting a USB
device.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If you disconnect the external USB
device during playback in USB mode,
the external USB device can be damaged or may malfunction. Therefore,
disconnect the external USB device
when the audio is turned off or in
another mode. (e.g, Radio, CD)
• Depending on the type and capacity of
the external USB device or the type of
the files stored in the device, there is a
difference in the time taken for recognition of the device.
• Do not use the USB device for purposes other than playing music files.
• Playing videos through the USB is not
supported.
• Use of USB accessories such as
rechargers or heaters using USB I/F
may lower performance or cause trouble.
(Continued)
4 97
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• If you use devices such as a USB hub
purchased separately, the vehicle’s
audio system may not recognize the
USB device. In that case, connect the
USB device directly to the multimedia
terminal of the vehicle.
• If the USB device is divided by logical
drives, only the music files on the
highest-priority drive are recognized
by car audio.
• Devices such as MP3 Player/ Cellular
phone/Digital camera can be unrecognizable by standard USB I/F can be
unrecognizable.
• Charging through the USB may not
be supported in some mobile devices.
• USB HDD or USB types liable to connection failures due to vehicle vibrations are not supported. (i-stick type)
• Some non-standard USB devices
(METAL COVER TYPE USB) can be
unrecognizable.
(Continued)
4 98
(Continued)
• Some USB flash memory readers
(such as CF, SD, micro SD, etc.) or
external-HDD type devices can be
unrecognizable.
• Music files protected by DRM (DIGITAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT) are
not recognizable.
• The data in the USB memory may be
lost while using this audio. Always
back up important data on a personal
storage device.
• Please avoid using USB
memory products which
can be used as key chains
or cellular phone accessories as they could cause
damage to the USB jack. Please make
certain only to use plug type connector products.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - USING THE iPod®
DEVICE
• Some iPod® models may not support communication protocol and
files may not properly play.
Supported iPod® models:
- iPod® Mini
- iPod® 4th (Photo) ~ 6th (Classic)
generation
- iPod® Nano 1st~4th generation
- iPod® Touch 1st~2nd generation
• The order of search or playback of
songs in the iPod® can be different
from the order searched in the
audio system.
• If the iPod® disabled due to its
own malfunction, reset the iPod®.
(Reset: Refer to iPod® manual)
• An iPod® may not operate normally on low battery.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• Some iPod® devices, such as the
iPhone®, can be connected
through the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology interface. The device
must have audio Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology capability
(such as for stereo headphone
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ).
The device can play, but it will not
be controlled by the audio system.
• To use iPod® features within the
audio, use the cable provided upon
purchasing an iPod®d device.
• Skipping or improper operation may
occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod®/iPhone® device.
• If your iPhone® is connected to both
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
and USB, the sound may not be properly played. In your iPhone®, select
the Dock connector or Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology to change the
sound output (source).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• When connecting iPod® with the
iPod® Power Cable, insert the connector to the multimedia socket completely. If not inserted completely, communications between iPod® and audio may
be interrupted.
• When adjusting the sound effects of
the iPod® and the audio system, the
sound effects of both devices will overlap and might reduce or distort the
quality of the sound.
• Deactivate (turn off) the equalizer
function of an iPod® when adjusting
the audio system’s volume, and turn
off the equalizer of the audio system
when using the equalizer of an iPod®.
• When not using iPod® with car audio,
detach the iPod® cable from iPod®.
Otherwise, iPod® may remain in
accessory mode, and may not work
properly.
4 99
Features of your vehicle
■ CD Player : AC101B4GG, AC100B4GN, AC100B4GE, AC100B4GL
AC111B4GG, AC110B4GN, AC110B4GE, AC110B4GL
BAA34002/BAA34003
❋ No
4 100
logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
Features of your vehicle
■ CD Player : AC100B4GG, AC110B4GG
BAA34009/BAA34018
❋ No
logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 101
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND
FUNCTIONS
❈ Display and settings may differ
depending on the selected audio.
Audio Head Unit
2. FM/AM
• Changes to FM/AM mode.
• Each time the key is pressed,the mode
is changed in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟
AM ➟ FM1.
3. MEDIA
• Changes to CD, USB(iPod®), AUX, My
Music, BT Audio mode.
• Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of CD,
USB(iPod®), AUX, My Music, BT
Audio.
4. PHONE (if equipped)
• Operates Phone Screen
❈ When a phone is not connected, the
connection screen is displayed.
1.
(EJECT)
• Ejects the disc.
4 102
SEEK
5. TRACK
• Radio Mode : Automatically searches
for broadcast frequencies.
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Moves to next or previous song
(file)
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
current song.
6.
•
PWR/VOL knob
Power Knob: Turns power On/Off
by pressing the knob
•
Volume Knob: Sets volume by turning the knob left/right
Features of your vehicle
8. DISP
• Each time the button is shortly pressed
(under 0.8 seconds), sets screen Off
➟ Screen On ➟ Screen Off
❈ Audio operation is maintained and only
the screen will be turned Off. In the
screen Off state, press any key to turn
the screen On again.
7. 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
• Radio Mode: Saves frequencies (channels) or receives saved frequencies
(channels)
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode
- 1 RPT : Repeat
- 2 RDM : Random
• In the Radio, Media, Setup, and Menu
pop up screen, the number menu is
selected.
9. SCAN
• Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key : Previews each
broadcast for 5 seconds each.
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broadcasts saved
in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds
each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current frequency.
• CD, USB, My Music mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Previews each song (file) for 10
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current song (file).
SETUP
10. CLOCK
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, Phone, System setting modes
• Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds) : Move to the Time setting screen
11. MENU
Displays menus for the current mode.
❈ iPod® List : Move to parent category
12. FOLDER
• CD MP3, USB mode : Folder Search
13.
TUNE knob
• Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right
• CD, USB, iPod®, My Music mode:
Searches songs (files) by turning the
knob left/right
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
press the knob to play the song.
• Moves focus in all selection menus and
selects menus
4 103
Features of your vehicle
Audio Head Unit
(For NON Bluetooth model)
14. FM
• Changes to FM mode.
• Each time the key is pressed, the mode
changed in order of FM1 ➟ FM2.
15. AM
• Changes to AM mode.
4 104
Features of your vehicle
■ Audio : AC000B4GG,AC001B4GG,AC000B4GN,AC000B4GE,AC000B4GL
BAA34008/BAA34004
❋ No
logo will be shown if the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology feature is not supported.
4 105
Features of your vehicle
SYSTEM CONTROLLERS AND
FUNCTIONS
❈ Display and settings may differ
depending on the selected audio.
Audio Head Unit
2, 3. FM/AM
• Changes to FM/AM mode.
• Each time the key is pressed,the mode
is changed in order of FM1 ➟ FM2 ➟
AM ➟ FM1.
4. MEDIA
• Changes to USB(iPod®), AUX mode.
• Each time the key is pressed, the
mode is changed in order of USB
(iPod®), AUX.
SEEK
5. TRACK
• Radio Mode : Automatically searches
for broadcast frequencies.
• USB, iPod® modes
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Moves to next or previous song
(file)
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Rewinds or fast-forwards the
current song.
6.
•
PWR/VOL knob
Power Knob: Turns power On/Off
by pressing the knob
•
Volume Knob: Sets volume by turning the knob left/right
1. DISP
• Each time the button is shortly pressed
(under 0.8 seconds), sets screen Off
➟ Screen On ➟ Screen Off
❈ Audio operation is maintained and only
the screen will be turned Off. In the
screen off state, press any key to turn
the screen on again.
4 106
Features of your vehicle
8. BACK
Go to previous depth(no previous screen)
7. 1 ~ 6 (Preset)
• Radio Mode: Saves frequencies (channels) or receives saved frequencies
(channels)
• USB, iPod® mode
- 1 RPT : Repeat
- 2 RDM : Random
• In the Radio, Media, Setup, and Menu
pop up screen, the number menu is
selected.
9. SCAN
• Radio Mode
- Shortly press the key : Previews each
broadcast for 5 seconds each.
- Press and hold the key (over 0.8 seconds): Previews the broadcasts saved
in Preset 1 ~ 6
for 5 seconds
each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current frequency.
• USB mode
- Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds): Previews each song (file) for 10
seconds each.
❈ Press the SCAN key again to continue listening to the current song (file).
10. SETUP
• Shortly press the key (under 0.8 seconds) : Moves to the Display, Sound,
Clock, System setting modes
11. MENU
Displays menus for the current mode.
❈ iPod® List : Move to parent category
12. FOLDER
• USB mode : Folder Search
13.
TUNE knob
• Radio mode : Changes frequency by
turning the knob left/right
• USB, iPod®, mode : Searches songs
(files) by turning the knob left/right
❈ When the desired song is displayed,
press the knob to play the song.
• Moves focus in all selection menus and
selects menus
4 107
Features of your vehicle
SETUP
Mode Pop up
Display Settings
SETUP
Press the CLOCK , SETUP key Select
[Display] through TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key Select menu through
TUNE knob
Sound Settings
[Mode Pop up] Changes On . selection mode
• During On state, press the RADIO or
MEDIA key to display the mode
change pop up screen.
• When the pop up screen is displayed,
use the
TUNE knob or keys 1
~ 6 to select the desired mode.
Text Scroll
[Text Scroll] Set
•
•
On
Off
On
/
Off
: Maintains scroll
: Scrolls only one (1) time.
Media Display
When playing an MP3 file, select the
desired display info from ‘Folder/File’ or
‘Album/Artist/Song’.
4 108
SETUP
Press the CLOCK , SETUP key Select
[Sound] through
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key Select menu through
TUNE knob
Features of your vehicle
Sound Settings
Virtual Sound
Speed Dependent Volume Control
This menu allows you to set the ‘Bass,
Middle, Treble’ and the Sound Fader and
Balance.
Select [Audio Settings] Select menu
through
TUNE knob Turn
TUNE
knob left/right to set
The PowerTreble, and Surround can be
set.
Select [Virtual Sound]
Set menu
TUNE knob
Set On /
through
Off through
TUNE knob
• PowerTreble : This is a sound system feature that provides live tremble.
• Surround : This is a sound system feature that provides surround sound.
This feature is used to automatically control the volume level according to the
speed of the vehicle.
Select [Speed Dependent Vol.] Set in 4
levels [Off/Low/Mid/High] of TUNE knob
• Bass, Middle, Treble : Selects the sound
tone.
• Fader, Balance : Moves the sound fader
and balance.
• Default : Restores default settings.
❈ Return : While adjusting values, repressing the
TUNE knob will restore
the parent menu.
❈ May differ depending on the selected
audio.
4 109
Features of your vehicle
Clock Settings
SETUP
CLOCK
Press the
key Select [Clock]
3
through
TUNE knob or
key
Select menu through
TUNE knob
Clock Settings
Time Format
This menu is used to set the time.
Select [Clock Settings] Set through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
This function is used to set the 12/24
hour time format of the audio system.
Select [Time Format] Set 12Hr / 24Hr
through
TUNE knob
Clock Display when Power is OFF
❈ Adjust the number currently in focus to
set the [hour] and press the tune knob
to set the [minute].
Callendar Settings
This menu is used to set the date.
Select [Callendar Settings ] Set through
TUNE knob Press
TUNE knob
❈ Adjust the number currently in focus to
make the settings and press the tune
knob to move to the next setting. (Set
in order of Year/Month/Day)
4 110
Select [Clock Disp.(Pwr Off) Set On /
Off through
TUNE knob
• On : Displays time/date on screen
• Off : Turn off.
Features of your vehicle
Phone Setup (if equipped)
Press the
SETUP
CLOCK
key Select [Phone]
Pair Phone
CAUTION
To pair a Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology enabled mobile phone,
authentication and connection
processes are first required. As a
result, you cannot pair your mobile
phone while driving the vehicle.
First park your vehicle before use.
➂ Pairing completion is displayed.
❈ In some mobile phones, pairing will
automatically be followed by connection.
❈ It is possible to pair up to five
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled mobile phones.
Select [Pair Phone] Set through
TUNE knob
➀ Search for device names as displayed
on your mobile phone and connect.
➁ Input the passkey displayed on the
screen. (Passkey : 0000)
❈ The device name and passkey will be
displayed on the screen for up to 3
minutes. If pairing is not completed
within the 3 minutes, the mobile phone
pairing process will automatically be
canceled.
4 111
Features of your vehicle
Phone List
The names of up to 5 paired phones
will be displayed.
A [ ] is displayed in front of the currently connected phone.
Select the desired name to setup the
selected phone.
4 112
• Connecting a phone
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob
Select [Connect Phone]
• Disconnecting a connected phone
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob
Select [Disconnect Phone]
➀ Select a mobile phone that is not
currently connected.
➁ Connect the selected mobile
phone.
➂ Connection completion is displayed.
❈ If a phone is already connected,
disconnect the currently connected phone and select a new phone
to connect.
➀ Select the currently connected
mobile phone.
➁ Disconnect the selected mobile
phone.
➂ Disconnection completion is displayed.
Features of your vehicle
• Changing connection sequence
(Priority)
This is used to change the order (priority) of automatic connection for the
paired mobile phones.
Select [Phone List] Select [Priority]
through
TUNE knob Select No. 1
Priority mobile phone
➀ Select [Priority].
➁ From the paired phones, select
the phone desired for No.1 priority.
➂ The changed priority sequence is
displayed.
❈ Once the connection sequence
(priority) is changed, the new no. 1
priority mobile phone will be connected.
- when the no. 1 priority cannot be
connected:
Automatically
attempts to connect the most
recently connected phone.
- Cases when the most recently
connected phone cannot be connected: Attempts to connect in
the order in which paired phones
are listed.
- The connected phone will automatically be changed to No. 1
priority.
• Delete
Select [Phone List] Select mobile
phone through
TUNE knob
Select [Delete]
➀ Select the desired mobile phone.
➁ Delete the selected mobile phone.
➂ Deletion completion is displayed.
❈ When attempting to delete a currently connected phone, the
phone is first disconnected.
CAUTION
• When you delete a mobile
phone, the mobile phone contacts will also be erased.
• For stable Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology communication,
delete the mobile phone from
the audio and also delete the
audio from your mobile phone.
Contacts Download
This feature is used to download
contacts and call histories into the
audio system.
Select [Contacts Download] Select
through
TUNE knob
CAUTION
• The download feature may not
be supported in some mobile
phones.
• If a different operation is performed while Contacts are
being downloaded, downloading will be discontinued.
Contacts already downloaded
will be saved.
• When
downloading
new
Contacts, delete all previously
saved Contacts before starting download.
4 113
Features of your vehicle
Auto Download
Outgoing Volume
When connecting a mobile phone, it is
possible to automatically download new
Contacts and Call Histories.
Select [Auto Download] Set On /
Off through
TUNE knob
This is used to set the volume of your
voice as heard by the other party while
on a Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled handsfree call.
Select [Outgoing Volume] Set volume
through
TUNE knob
❈ While on a call, the volume can be
SEEK
changed by using the TRACK
key.
Audio Streaming
Songs (files) saved in your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled mobile
phone can be played through the audio
system.
Select [Audio Streaming] Set On /
Off through
TUNE knob
CAUTION
The Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
audio streaming feature may not be
supported in some mobile phones.
4 114
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
System Off
This feature is used when you do not
wish to use the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology system.
Select [Bluetooth System Off] Set
through
TUNE knob
❈ If a phone is already connected, disconnect the currently connected phone
and turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology system off.
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology System
To use Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
when the system is currently off, follow
these next steps.
• Turning On Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology through the PHONE Key.
Press the PHONE key Screen Guidance
❈ Moves to the screen where Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology functions can be
used and displays guidance.
• Turning On Bluetooth® Wireless
SETUP Key.
Technology through the CLOCK
SETUP
Press the CLOCK
key Select [Phone]
➀ A screen asking whether to turn on
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology will be
displayed.
➁ On the screen, select YES to turn on
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology and
display guidance.
❈ If the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
system is turned on, the system will
automatically try to connect the most
recently connected Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone.
Features of your vehicle
CAUTION
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
connection may become intermittently disconnected in some mobile
phones. Follow these next steps to
try again.
1) Turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology function within the
mobile phone ON/OFF and try to
connect again.
2) Turn the mobile phone power
ON/OFF and try to connect again.
3) Completely remove the mobile
phone battery, reboot, and then
try to connect again.
4) Reboot the audio system and try
to connect again
5) Delete all paired devices in your
mobile phone and the audio system and pair again for use.
System Settings
Press the
SETUP
CLOCK
Memory Information
(if equipped)
key Select [System]
Displays currently used memory and
total system memory.
Select [Memory Information] OK
The currently used memory is displayed
on the left side while the total system
memory is displayed on the right side.
4 115
Features of your vehicle
RADIO
Changing RADIO mode
Preset SEEK
MENU
Press the 1 ~ 6 key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Plays the frequency saved in
the corresponding key.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Pressing and holding the
1
6
desired key from
~
will
save the currently playing broadcast to
the selected key and sound a BEEP.
Within MENU key are the A.Store (Auto
Store) and Info functions.
SCAN
SEEK
SEEK
Press the TRACK key
• Shortly pressing the key (under 0.8
seconds): Changes the frequency.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Automatically searches for
the next frequency.
Press the SCAN key
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): The broadcast frequency
increases and previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each. After scanning all frequencies, returns and plays
the current broadcast frequency.
Selecting through manual search
Turn the
TUNE knob left/right to adjust
the frequency.
4 116
A.Store
Press the MENU key Set [A.Store]
through
TUNE knob or 1 key.
Saves broadcasts with superior reception to 1 ~ 6 keys. If no frequencies are received, then the most recently
received frequency will be broadcast.
Features of your vehicle
BASIC METHOD OF USE :
Audio CD / MP3 CD / USB /
iPod® / My Music
(for CD player model)
Press the MEDIA key to change the mod
mode in order of CD ➟ USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX
➟ My Music ➟ BT Audio.
The folder/file name is displayed on the
screen.
Repeat
<USB>
<My Music>
<Audio CD>
While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
Audio CD, MP3 CD, USB, iPod®, My
Music mode: RPT on screen
• To repeat one song (Shortly pressing
the key (under 0.8 seconds)): Repeats
the current song.
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RPT on
screen
• To repeat folder (pressing twice):
repeats all files within the current folder.
❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn off
repeat.
❈ The CD is automatically played when a
CD is inserted.
❈ The USB music is automatically played
when a USB is connected.
<CD MP3>
4 117
Features of your vehicle
Random
Changing Song/File
Scan
While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
(RDM) key
Audio CD, My Music mode: RDM on
screen
• Random (Shortly pressing the key ):
Plays all songs in random order.
MP3 CD, USB mode: FLD.RDM on
screen
• Folder Random (Shortly pressing the
key): Plays all files within the current
folder in random order.
MP3 CD, USB mode: RDM on screen
• Random (pressing twice): Plays all files
in random order.
iPod® mode: RDM on screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all files
in random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn off
random.
SEEK
TRACK key
While song (file) is playing
• Shortly pressing the key: Plays the current song from the beginning.
While song (file) is playing SCAN key
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Scans all songs for 10 seconds starting from the next song.
❈ Pressing and holding the SCAN key
again to turn off.
4 118
SEEK
❈ If the
TRACK key is pressed again
within 1 second, the previous song is
played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Rewinds the song.
SEEK
While song (file) is playing TRACK
key
• Shortly pressing the key: Plays the
next song.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Fast forwards the song.
Features of your vehicle
Folder Search : MP3 CD, USB
Mode
While file is playing
Up) key
FOLDER
(Folder
FOLDER
Information
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key to
set the Repeat, Random, Information
features.
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key
to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Information features.
• Searches the next folder.
While file is playing
Down) key
MENU : Audio CD
(Folder
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing the
TUNE knob, the first file within the
selected folder will be played.
Searching Songs (File)
• Turning
TUNE knob : Searches for
songs (files)
• Pressing
TUNE knob : Plays selected song (file).
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Random
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
4 119
Features of your vehicle
MENU : MP3 CD / USB
Folder Repeat
Copy
Press the CD MP3 mode MENU key to
set the Repeat, Folder Random, Folder
Repeat, All Random, Information, and
Copy features.
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key
to repeat songs within the current folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Copy]
through the
TUNE knob or 6 key.
❈ This is used to copy the current song
into My Music. You can play the copied
Music in My Music mode.
❈ If another key is pressed while copying
is in progress, a pop up asking you
whether to cancel copying is displayed.
❈ If another media is connected or
inserted (USB, CD, iPod®, AUX) while
copying is in progress, copying is canceled.
❈ Music will not be played while copying
is in progress.
All Random
Information, and Copy features.
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the CD.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
Repeat
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Folder Random
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.
4 120
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 5 key
to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Features of your vehicle
MENU : iPod®
Random
Search
In iPod® mode, press the MENU key to set
the Repeat, Random, Information and
Search features.
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the
TUNE knob or 4 key.
Displays iPod® category list.
❈ Searching iPod® category is MENU
key pressed, move to parent category.
Information
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key.
Displays information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
4 121
Features of your vehicle
MENU : My Music Mode
(if equipped)
In My Music mode, press the MENU key
to set the Repeat, Random, Information,
Delete, Delete All, and Delete Selection
features.
Random
Delete
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn random off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Delete]
through the
TUNE knob or 4 key.
Deletes currently playing file
In the play screen, pressing delete will
delete the currently playing song.
Deletes file from list
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key.
Displays information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key.
Repeats the currently playing song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
4 122
➀ Select the file you wish to delete by
using the
TUNE knob.
➁ Press the MENU key and select the
delete menu to delete the selected file.
Features of your vehicle
Delete All
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.All]
through the
TUNE knob or 5 key.
Deletes all songs of My Music.
➁ After selecting, press the MENU key
and select the delete menu.
Delete Selection
Press the MENU key Set [ Del.Sel]
through the
TUNE knob or 6 key.
Songs within My Music are selected and
deleted.
➀ Select the songs you wish to delete
from the list.
✽ NOTICE - Using the My
Music
• Even if memory is available, a maximum of 6,000 songs can be stored.
• The same song can be copied up to
1,000 times.
• Memory info can be checked in the
System menu of Setup.
4 123
Features of your vehicle
BASIC METHOD OF USE :
USB / iPod®
(for non CD player)
Press the MEDIA key to change the mode
in order of USB(iPod®) ➟ AUX .
The folder/file name is displayed on the
screen.
<USB>
❈ The USB music is automatically played
when a USB is connected.
4 124
Repeat
Random
While song (file) is playing 1 RPT
(RPT) key
USB, iPod® mode: RPT on screen
• To repeat one song (Shortly pressing
the key (under 0.8 seconds)): Repeats
the current song.
USB mode : FLD.RPT on screen
• To repeat folder (pressing twice):
repeats all files within the current folder.
❈ Press the 1 RPT key again to turn off
repeat.
While song (file) is playing 2 RDM
(RDM) key
USB mode: FLD.RDM on screen
• Folder Random (Shortly pressing the
key): Plays all files within the current
folder in random order.
USB mode: RDM on screen
• Random (pressing twice): Plays all files
in random order.
iPod® mode: RDM on screen
• Random (press the key) : Plays all files
in random order.
❈ Press the 2 RDM key again to turn off
random.
Features of your vehicle
MENU : iPod®
Random
Search
In iPod® mode, press the MENU key to set
the Repeat, Random, Information and
Search features.
Press the MENU key Set [ RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key.
Plays all songs within the currently playing category in random order.
❈ Press RDM again to turn off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Search]
through the
TUNE knob or 4 key.
Displays iPod® category list.
❈ Searching iPod® category is MENU
key pressed, move to parent category.
Information
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn repeat off.
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key.
Displays information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
4 125
Features of your vehicle
Changing Song/File
Scan
Folder Search : USB Mode
SEEK
TRACK key
While song (file) is playing
• Shortly pressing the key: Plays the current song from the beginning.
SEEK
❈ If the
TRACK key is pressed again
within 1 second, the previous song is
played.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Rewinds the song.
SEEK
While song (file) is playing TRACK
key
• Shortly pressing the key:
Plays the next song.
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds): Fast forwards the song.
While song (file) is playing SCAN key
• Pressing and holding the key (over 0.8
seconds) : Scans all songs for 10 seconds starting from the next song.
❈ Pressing and holding the SCAN key
again to turn off.
While file is playing
Up) key
FOLDER
(Folder
• Searches the next folder.
While file is playing
FOLDER
(Folder
Down) key
• Searches the parent folder.
❈ If a folder is selected by pressing the
TUNE knob, the first file within the
selected folder will be played.
Searching Songs (File)
• Turning
TUNE knob : Searches for
songs (files)
• Pressing
TUNE knob : Plays selected song (file).
4 126
Features of your vehicle
MENU : USB
Folder Repeat
AUX
Press the USB mode MENU key to set
the Repeat, Folder Random, Folder
Repeat, All Random, Information, and
features.
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key
to repeat songs within the current folder.
❈ Press F.RPT again to turn off.
AUX is used to play external MEDIA currently connected with the AUX terminal.
AUX mode will automatically start when
an external device is connected with the
AUX terminal.
If an external device is connected, you
can also press the MEDIA key to change
to AUX mode.
All Random
Press the MENU key Set [ A.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 4 key
to randomly play all songs within the
USB.
❈ Press A.RDM again to turn off.
Repeat
Press the MENU key Set [ RPT]
through the
TUNE knob or 1 RPT
key to repeat the current song.
❈ Press RPT again to turn off.
Folder Random
Press the MENU key Set [ F.RDM]
through the
TUNE knob or 2 RDM
key to randomly play songs within the
current folder.
❈ Press F.RDM again to turn off.
Information
Press the MENU key Set [ Info]
through the
TUNE knob or 5 key
to display information of the current song.
❈ Press the MENU key to turn off info
display.
❈ AUX mode cannot be started unless
there is an external device connected
to the AUX terminal.
✽ NOTICE - USING THE AUX
Fully insert the AUX cable into the AUX
terminal for use.
4 127
Features of your vehicle
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology AUDIO
(if equipped)
What is Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology?
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology allows
devices to be connected in a short distance, including hands-free devices,
stereo headsets, wireless remote controllers, etc. For more information, visit
the Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
website at www.Bluetooth.com
Before using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio
may not be supported depending on
the compatibility of your Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology mobile phone.
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio, you must first pair
and connect the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone.
4 128
• The Bluetooth® word mark and logos
are registered trademarks owned by
Bluetooth® SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks is under license. Other
trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners. A Bluetooth®
enabled cell phone is required to use
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology audio
can be used only when the [Audio
Streaming] of Phone is turned On.
❈ Setting Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
SETUP
Audio Streaming : Press the CLOCK
key Select [Phone] through the tune
knob Select [Audio Streaming] through
the
TUNE knob Set On / Off
Starting Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology Audio
• Press the MEDIA key to change the
mode in order of CD ➟ USB ➟ AUX ➟
My Music ➟ BT Audio.
• If BT Audio is selected, Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology audio will start
playing.
❈ Audio may not automatically start playing in some mobile phones.
Using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology audio features
• Play / Pause
Press the
TUNE knob to play and
pause the current song.
❈ The previous song / next song / play /
pause functions may not be supported
in some mobile phones.
Features of your vehicle
PHONE (if equipped)
Making a call using the Steering
wheel remote controller
Before using the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone features
• In order to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone, you must first pair
and connect the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phone.
• If the mobile phone is not paired or connected, it is not possible to enter Phone
mode. Once a phone is paired or connected, the guidance screen will be displayed.
• If Priority is set upon vehicle ignition
(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone will be automatically
connected. Even if you are outside, the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology phone will
be automatically connected once you are
in the vicinity of the vehicle. If you do not
want automatic Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology phone connection, set the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology power to
OFF.
1. VOLUME button : Raises or lowers
speaker volume.
2. MUTE button : Mute the microphone
during a call.
3.
button : Places and transfers calls.
4.
button : Ends calls or cancels functions.
• Check call history and making call
➀ Shortly press (under 0.8 seconds) the
key on the steering remote controller.
➁ The call history list will be displayed on
the screen.
➂ Press the
key again to connect a
call to the selected number.
• Redialing the most recently called number
➀ Press and hold (over 0.8 seconds) the
key on the steering remote controller.
➁ The most recently called number is
redialed.
4 129
Features of your vehicle
Phone MENU
Press the PHONE key to display three
menus (Call History, Contacts, Phone
Setup).
Call history
Press the PHONE key Set [
through the
TUNE knob or
History]
key.
1
RPT
The call history is displayed and can be
used to select a number and make a call.
If call history does not exist, a screen
asking whether to download call history
is displayed. (The download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones)
4 130
Contacts
Press the PHONE key Set [
Contacts]
2
through the
TUNE knob or RDM
key.
The Contacts are displayed and can be
used to select a number and make a call.
❈ If more than one number is saved to
one contact, then a screen showing
the mobile phone number, Home and
office number is displayed. Select the
desired number to make the call.
❈ If Contacts do not exist, a screen asking whether to download Contacts is
displayed. (The download feature may
not be supported in some mobile
phones)
Phone Setup
Press the PHONE key Set [
Setup]
through the
TUNE knob or 3 key.
The Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone setup screen is displayed.
For more information, refer to “Phone
Setup”.
Features of your vehicle
✽ NOTICE - USING THE
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
CELLULAR PHONE
• Do not use a cellular phone or perform
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology settings (e.g. pairing a phone) while driving.
• Some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology enabled phones may not be recognized
by the system or fully compatible with
the system.
• Before using Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology related features of the
audio system, refer your phone’s User’s
Manual for phone-side Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology operations.
• The phone must be paired to the audio
system to use Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology related features.
• You will not be able to use the handsfree feature when your phone (in the
car) is outside of the cellular service
area (e.g. in a tunnel, in a underground,
in a mountainous area, etc.).
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If the cellular phone signal is poor or
the vehicles interior noise is too loud, it
may be difficult to hear the other person’s voice during a call.
• Do not place the phone near or inside
metallic objects, otherwise communications with Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology system or cellular service
stations can be disturbed.
• While a phone is connected through
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology your
phone may discharge quicker than
usual for additional Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology-related operations.
• Some cellular phones or other devices
may cause interference noise or malfunction to audio system. In this case,
store the device in a different location
may resolve the condition.
• Phone contact names should be saved
in English or they may not be displayed
correctly.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• If Priority is set upon vehicle
ignition(IGN/ACC ON), the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected.
Even if you are outside, the Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology phone will be
automatically connected once you are
in the vicinity of the vehicle.
If you do not want automatic
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology connection, turn the Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology feature off.
• The hands-free call volume and quality
may differ depending on the mobile
phone type.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology features can be used only when the mobile
phone has been paired and connected
with the device. For more information
on pairing and connecting Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled mobile
phones, refer to the “Phone Setup” section.
(Continued)
4 131
Features of your vehicle
(Continued)
• When
a
Bluetooth®
Wireless
Technology mobile phone is connected,
a ( ) icon will appear at the top of the
screen. If a ( ) icon is not displayed,
this indicates that a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled device has
not been connected. You must connect
the device before use. For more information on Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology mobile phones, refer to the
“Phone Setup” section.
• Pairing and connecting a Bluetooth®
Wireless Technology enabled mobile
phone will work only when the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology option
within your mobile phone has been
turned on. (Methods of turning on the
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled feature may differ depending
on the mobile phone.)
(Continued)
4 132
(Continued)
• In some mobile phones, starting the
ignition while talking through
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled handsfree call will result in the
call becoming disconnected. (Switch the
call back to your mobile phone when
starting the ignition.)
• Some features may not be supported in
some Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
mobile phone and devices.
• Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
enabled operation may be unstable
depending on the communication state.
• Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in
noise interference.
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
• Before entering vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
• Before starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
KEY IGNITION SWITCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
• Ignition switch position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON. . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Illuminated engine start/stop button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Engine start/stop button position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
• Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
MANUAL TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
• Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30
• Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
• Good braking practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . 5-32
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS. . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• Hazardous driving conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• Rocking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
• Smooth cornering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Driving at night . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Driving in the rain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
• Driving in flooded areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
• Manual transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12
WINTER DRIVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
VEHICLE WEIGHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
• Automatic transaxle operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
• Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
• Good driving practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
• Overloading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
BRAKING SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
• Power brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
• Disc brakes wear indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Rear drum brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
• Electronic Stability Control (ESC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
• Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
• Snow or icy conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you hear a
change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the vehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only long enough
to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an unenclosed
area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield clear of
snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the tailgate lid open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control to high.
5 2
Driving your vehicle
BEFORE DRIVING
Before entering vehicle
Before starting
• Be sure that all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any sign of
leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles behind
you if you intend to back up.
• Make sure the hood, the tailgate, and
the doors are securely closed and
locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside rearview
mirrors.
• Verify all lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in the
instrument panel and the messages on
the instrument display when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying
are stored properly or fastened down
securely.
WARNING
All passengers must be properly
belted whenever the vehicle is moving. Refer to “Seat belts” in chapter
3 for more information on their
proper use.
WARNING - Driving under
the influence of alcohol or
drugs
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive. Drinking or taking drugs and
driving is dangerous and may
result in an accident and SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number one
contributor to the highway death
toll each year. Even a small amount
of alcohol will affect your reflexes,
perceptions and judgment. Just
one drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction
time gets worse with each additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of
drugs is as dangerous or more dangerous than driving under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have a
serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive. If you are
drinking or taking drugs, don't
drive. Do not ride with a driver who
has been drinking or taking drugs.
Choose a designated driver or call
a taxi.
5 3
Driving your vehicle
KEY IGNITION SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED)
ACC (Accessory)
The steering wheel is unlocked and electrical accessories are usable.
✽ NOTICE
If difficulty is experienced turning the
ignition switch to the ACC position, turn
the key while turning the steering wheel
right and left to release the tension.
ORBC050001
Ignition switch position
LOCK
The steering wheel locks to protect
against theft. The ignition key can be
removed only in the LOCK position.
When turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position, push the key in slightly at
the ACC position and turn the key
towards the LOCK position.
5 4
ON
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. This is the
normal running position after the engine
has started.
Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON
position when the engine is not running
to prevent the battery from discharging.
START
Turn the ignition switch to the START
position to start the engine. The switch
returns to the ON position when you let
go of the key.
WARNING - Ignition switch
• NEVER turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK or ACC position
while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This will
result in the engine turning off
and loss of power assist for the
steering and brake systems. This
may lead to loss of directional
control and braking function,
which could cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in 1st gear (for manual
transaxle vehicle) or P (Park, for
automatic transaxle vehicle)
position, apply the parking brake,
and turn ignition switch to the
LOCK position. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the ignition switch,
or any other control, while the
vehicle is in motion. The presence of your hand or arm in this
area may cause a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with your
ability to use the brake, accelerator,
and clutch (pedals).
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while turning the ignition switch to the
start position.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
3. Turn the ignition switch to the START
position. Hold the key (maximum of 10
seconds) until the engine starts and
release it.
✽ NOTICE
• Whether the engine is cold or warm,
always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.
• In extremely cold weather (below
- 18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days, let
the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator pedal.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in the
START position for more than 10
seconds. Wait 5 to 10 seconds
before trying again.
• If traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift lever in
the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and turn
the ignition switch to the START
position in an attempt to restart
the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
5 5
Driving your vehicle
ENGINE START/STOP BUTTON (IF EQUIPPED)
Engine start/stop button position
■ Left-hand drive
OFF
OBA053001
■ Right-hand drive
OBA053001IN
Illuminated engine start/stop button
Whenever the front door is opened, the
engine start/stop button will illuminate
and will go off after about 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
5 6
With manual transaxle
To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position), stop
the vehicle then press the engine
start/stop button.
With automatic transaxle
To turn off the engine (START/RUN position) or vehicle power (ON position),
press the engine start/stop button with
the shift lever in the P (Park) position.
When you press the engine start/stop
button without the shift lever in the P
(Park) position, the engine start/stop button will not change to the OFF position
but to the ACC position.
Vehicles equipped with anti-theft steering
column lock
The steering wheel locks when the
engine start/stop button is in the OFF
position to protect you against theft.
It locks when the door is opened.
If the steering wheel is not locked properly when you open the driver's door, the
warning chime will sound. Try locking the
steering wheel again. If the problem is
not solved, we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
In addition, if the engine start/stop button
is in the OFF position after the driver's
door is opened, the steering wheel will
not lock and the warning chime will
sound. In such a situation, close the door.
Then the steering wheel will lock and the
warning chime will stop.
✽ NOTICE
If the steering wheel doesn't unlock
properly, the engine start/stop button
will not work. Press the engine
start/stop button while turning the
steering wheel right and left to release
tension.
Driving your vehicle
ACC(Accessory)
ON
With manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the OFF position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
With manual transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button when
the button is in the ACC position without
depressing the clutch pedal.
With automatic transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button while it
is in the OFF position without depressing
the brake pedal.
With automatic transaxle
Press the engine start/stop button while it
is in the ACC position without depressing
the brake pedal.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than two
seconds OR Rapidly press and
release the Engine Start/Stop button three times (within three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position.
The steering wheel unlocks (if equipped
with anti-theft steering column lock) and
electrical accessories are usable.
If you leave the engine start/stop button
in the ACC position for more than one
hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked
before the engine is started. If you leave
the engine start/stop button in the ON
position for more than one hour, the battery power will turn off automatically to
prevent the battery from discharging.
5 7
Driving your vehicle
START/RUN
With manual transaxle
To start the engine, depress the clutch
and brake pedals and press the engine
start/stop button with the shift lever in
neutral.
With automatic transaxle
To start the engine, depress the brake
pedal and press the engine start/stop
button with the shift lever in the P (Park)
or the N (Neutral) position. For your safety, start the engine with the shift lever in
the P (Park) position.
5 8
✽ NOTICE
If you press the engine start/stop button
without depressing the clutch pedal for
manual transaxle vehicles or without
depressing the brake pedal for automatic transaxle vehicles, the engine will not
start and the engine start/stop button
changes as follow:
OFF ➔ACC ➔ ON ➔ OFF or ACC
WARNING
• NEVER
press
the
engine
start/stop button while the vehicle is in motion except in an
emergency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of
power assist for the steering and
brake systems. This may lead to
loss of directional control and
braking function, which could
cause an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position, set the
parking brake, press the engine
start/stop button to the OFF position, and take the smart key with
you. Unexpected vehicle movement may occur if these precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the steering wheel for the engine
start/stop button, or any other
control, while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Driving your vehicle
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes (high heels, ski
boots,etc.) may interfere with your
ability to use the brake and accelerator pedals.
✽ NOTICE
• The engine will start by pressing the
engine start/stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle,
if it is far away from the driver, the
engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ACC or ON position, if any door
is open, the system checks for the
smart key. If the smart key is not in
the vehicle, the indicator "KEY OUT"
will blink, and if all doors are closed,
the chime will also sound for about 5
seconds. The indicator will turn off
while the vehicle is moving. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using
the ACC position or if the vehicle
engine is ON.
1. Carry the smart key or leave it inside
the vehicle.
2. Make sure the parking brake is firmly
applied.
3. Manual Transaxle - Depress the
clutch pedal fully and shift the
transaxle into Neutral. Keep the clutch
pedal and brake pedal depressed
while starting the engine.
Automatic Transaxle - Place the
transaxle shift lever in P (Park).
Depress the brake pedal fully.
You can also start the engine when
the shift lever is in the N (Neutral)
position.
4. Press the engine start/stop button.
✽ NOTICE
• Whether the engine is cold or warm,
always start the vehicle with your foot
on the brake pedal. Do not depress the
accelerator while starting the vehicle.
Do not race the engine while warming
it up.
• In extremely cold weather (below
- 18°C / 0°F) or after the vehicle has
not been operated for several days, let
the engine warm up without depressing the accelerator pedal.
5 9
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
If the engine stalls while the vehicle
is in motion, do not attempt to move
the shift lever to the P (Park) position. If the traffic and road conditions permit, you may put the shift
lever in the N (Neutral) position
while the vehicle is still moving and
press the engine start/stop button
in an attempt to restart the engine.
✽ NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 seconds except
when the stop lamp fuse is disconnected.
When the stop lamp fuse is blown, you
can't start the engine normally. Replace
the fuse with a new one. If you are not
able to replace the fuse, you can start the
engine by pressing the engine start/stop
button for 10 seconds with the engine
start/stop button in the ACC position.
For your safety always depress the
brake and/or clutch pedal before starting the engine.
■ Left-hand drive
OBA053002
■ Right-hand drive
OBA053002IN
✽ NOTICE
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly, you
can start the engine by pressing the
engine start/stop button with the smart
key in the direction of the picture above.
5 10
Driving your vehicle
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
WARNING
Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever is
in 1st gear when the vehicle is
parked on a uphill and in
R
(Reverse) on a downhill, set the
parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions are
not followed.
OBA053003
Manual transaxle operation
The manual transaxle has five forward
gears. The transaxle is fully synchronized
in all forward gears so shifting to either a
higher or a lower gear is easily accomplished.
To shift to R (Reverse), make sure the
vehicle has completely stopped, and
then move the shift lever to neutral before
moving into R (Reverse).
When you've come to a complete stop
and it's hard to shift into 1st gear or R
(Reverse):
1. Put the shift lever in neutral and
release the clutch pedal.
2. Depress the clutch pedal, and then
shift into first or R (Reverse) gear.
Using the clutch
The clutch pedal should be depressed all
the way to the floor before:
- Starting the engine
The engine will not start without
depressing the clutch pedal. (vehicles
equipped with engine start/stop button)
- Shifting
When releasing the clutch pedal, release
it slowly. The clutch pedal should always
be released while driving.
CAUTION
To prevent unnecessary wear or
damage to the clutch:
• Do not rest your foot on the
clutch pedal while driving.
• Do not hold the vehicle with the
clutch on an incline, while waiting
for the traffic light, etc.
• Always depress the clutch pedal
down fully to prevent noise or
damage.
✽ NOTICE
During cold weather, shifting may be
difficult until the transaxle lubricant
has warmed up.
5 11
Driving your vehicle
Downshifting
Downshift when you must slow down in
heavy traffic or drive up a steep hill to
prevent engine load.
Also, downshifting reduces the chance of
stalling and can accelerate when you
need to increase your speed again.
When the vehicle is going downhill,
downshifting helps maintain safe speed
by providing brake power from the engine
and enables less wear on the brakes.
5 12
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the engine:
• When downshifting from 5th gear
to 4th gear, be careful not to inadvertently push the shift lever
sideways engaging the 2nd gear.
A drastic downshift may cause
the engine speed to increase to
the point the tachometer will
enter the red-zone.
• Do not downshift more than one
gear at a time or downshift the
gear when the engine is running
at high speed (5,000 RPM or higher).
Good driving practices
• Never take the vehicle out of gear and
coast down a hill. This is extremely
dangerous.
• Don't "ride" the brakes. This can cause
the brakes and related parts to overheat and malfunction.
When you are driving down a long hill,
slow down and shift to a lower gear.
Engine braking will help slow down the
vehicle.
• Slow down before shifting to a lower
gear. This will help avoid over-revving
the engine, which can cause damage.
• Slow down when you encounter cross
winds. This gives you much better control of your vehicle.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you shift into R
(Reverse) to prevent damage to the
transaxle.
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
5 13
Driving your vehicle
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
■ Left-hand drive
■ Right-hand drive
Press the shift button, then move shift lever.
Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.
Move shift lever.
OBA053004/OIA053003R
5 14
Driving your vehicle
Automatic transaxle operation
The automatic transaxle has four forward
speeds and one reverse speed. The individual speeds are selected automatically,
in the D (Drive) position.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury
or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding
areas near your vehicle for people, especially children, before
shifting a vehicle into D (Drive) or
R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s seat,
always make sure the shift lever
is in the P (Park) position, then
set the parking brake, and place
the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected
and sudden vehicle movement
can occur if these precautions
are not followed.
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the shift lever position when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop before
shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must depress
firmly on the brake pedal and make sure
your foot is off the accelerator pedal.
The shift lever must be in P (Park) before
turning the engine off.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
CAUTION
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transaxle if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may cause
you to lose control of the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the shift lever
is in P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and turn the engine off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position
in place of the parking brake.
5 15
Driving your vehicle
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transaxle are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart a
stalled engine, or if it is necessary to stop
with the engine ON. Shift into P (Park) if
you need to leave your vehicle for any
reason.
Always depress the brake pedal when
you are shifting from N (Neutral) to
another gear.
WARNING
Do not shift into gear unless your
foot is firmly on the brake pedal.
Shifting into gear when the engine
is running at high speed can cause
the vehicle to move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit people or objects.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position. The
transaxle will automatically shift through
a 4-gear sequence, providing the best
fuel economy and power.
For extra power when passing another
vehicle or driving uphill, depress the
accelerator fully. The transaxle will automatically downshift to the next lower gear
(or gears, as appropriate).
■ Left-hand drive
OBA053005
WARNING
■ Right-hand drive
NEVER allow anyone to ride in a
seat with the headrest removed.
OIA053004R
Sports mode
Whether the vehicle is stationary or in
motion, sports mode is selected by pushing the shift lever from the D (Drive) position into the manual gate. To return to D
(Drive) range operation, push the shift
lever back into the main gate.
5 16
Driving your vehicle
In Sports Mode, moving the shift lever
backwards and forwards will allow you to
select the desired range of gears for the
current driving conditions.
+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once to
shift up one gear.
- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards once
to shift down one gear.
✽ NOTICE
• Only the four forward gears can be
selected. To reverse or park the vehicle, move the shift lever to the R
(Reverse) or P (Park) position as
required.
• Downshifts are made automatically
when the vehicle slows down. When
the vehicle stops, 1st gear is automatically selected.
• When the engine rpm approaches the
red zone the transaxle will upshift
automatically.
• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up)
or - (Down) position, the transaxle
may not make the requested gear
change if the next gear is outside of
the allowable engine rpm range. The
driver must execute upshifts in accordance with road conditions, taking
care to keep the engine rpms below
the red zone.
• When driving on a slippery road,
push the shift lever forward into the +
(Up) position. This causes the
transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear
which is better for smooth driving on
a slippery road. Push the shift lever to
the - (Down) side to shift back to the
1st gear.
Shift -lock system
For your safety, the automatic transaxle
has a shift-lock system which prevents
shifting the transaxle from P (Park) into R
(Reverse) unless the brake pedal is
depressed.
To shift the transaxle from P (Park) into R
(Reverse):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Press the shift button.
3. Move the shift lever.
5 17
Driving your vehicle
Parking
Good driving practices
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Move the shift lever into the P (Park)
position, apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position. Take the Key with
you when exiting the vehicle.
• Never move the shift lever from P
(Park) or N (Neutral) to any other position with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never move the shift lever into P (Park)
when the vehicle is in motion.
• Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift into
R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not move the shift lever to N
(Neutral) when driving. Doing so may
result in an accident because of a loss
of engine braking and the transaxle
could be damaged.
• Do not drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but consistent pedal pressure can result in the
brakes overheating, brake wear and
possibly even brake failure.
• When driving in sports mode, slow
down before shifting to a lower gear.
Otherwise, the lower gear may not be
engaged if the engine rpms are outside of the allowable range.
• Always apply the parking brake when
leaving the vehicle. Do not depend on
placing the transmission in P (Park) to
keep the vehicle from moving.
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle with
the engine running, be careful not
to depress the accelerator pedal for
a long period of time. The engine or
exhaust system may overheat and
start a fire.
The exhaust gas and the exhaust
system are very hot. Keep away
from the exhaust system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable
materials, such as dry grass, paper
or leaves. They may ignite and
cause a fire.
5 18
• Exercise extreme caution when driving
on a slippery surface. Be especially
careful when braking, accelerating or
shifting gears. On a slippery surface,
an abrupt change in vehicle speed can
cause the drive wheels to lose traction
and may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the accelerator.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt. In a
collision, an unbelted occupant is
significantly more likely to be
seriously injured or killed than a
properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as sharp
lane changes or fast, sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control of
your vehicle at highway speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off the
roadway and the driver over
steers to reenter the roadway.
• In the event your vehicle leaves
the roadway, do not steer sharply.
Instead, slow down before pulling
back into the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you follow all posted speed limits.
5 19
Driving your vehicle
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power brakes
Your vehicle has power-assisted brakes
that adjust automatically through normal
usage.
If the engine is not running or is turned
off while driving, the power assist for the
brakes will not work. You can still stop
your vehicle by applying greater force to
the brake pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer
than with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially depleted
each time the brake pedal is applied. Do
not pump the brake pedal when the
power assist has been interrupted.
Pump the brake pedal only when necessary to maintain steering control on slippery surfaces.
5 20
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot resting on the brake pedal. This will
create abnormal high brake temperatures, excessive brake lining
and pad wear, and increased
stopping distances.
• When descending a long or steep
hill, shift to a lower gear and
avoid continuous application of
the brakes. Applying the brakes
continuously will cause the
brakes to overheat and could
result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the vehicle’s ability to safely slow down;
the vehicle may also pull to one
side when the brakes are applied.
Applying the brakes lightly will
indicate whether they have been
affected in this way. Always test
your brakes in this fashion after
driving through deep water.
(Continued)
(Continued)
To dry the brakes, lightly tap the
brake pedal to heat up the brakes
while maintaining a safe forward
speed until brake performance
returns to normal. Avoid driving
at high speeds until the brakes
function correctly.
Driving your vehicle
Disc brakes wear indicator
Rear drum brakes (if equipped)
When your brake pads are worn and new
pads are required, you will hear a high
pitched warning sound from your front or
rear brakes. You may hear this sound
come and go or it may occur whenever
you depress the brake pedal.
Please remember some driving conditions or climates may cause a brake
squeal when you first apply (or lightly
apply) the brakes. This is normal and
does not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
Your rear drum brakes do not have wear
indicators. Therefore, have the rear brake
linings inspected if you hear a rear brake
rubbing noise. Also have your rear
brakes inspected each time you change
or rotate your tires and when you have
the front brakes replaced.
■ Left-hand drive
OBA053006
■ Right-hand drive
CAUTION
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
✽ NOTICE
Always replace brake pads as complete
front or rear axle sets.
OBA053006R
Parking brake
Always set the parking brake before leaving the vehicle, to apply:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Pull up the parking brake lever as far as
possible.
5 21
Driving your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate
the parking brake while the vehicle
is moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the brake
system and lead to an accident.
OBA053007
■ Right-hand drive
OBA053007R
To release:
Firmly depress the brake pedal.
Slightly pull up the parking brake lever.
While pressing the release button (1),
lower the parking brake (2).
If the parking brake does not release or
does not release all the way, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5 22
• Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Move
the shift lever into the 1st gear
(for manual transaxle vehicle) or
P (Park, for automatic transaxle
vehicle) position, then apply the
parking brake, and place the ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
Vehicles with the parking brake
not fully engaged are at risk for
moving inadvertently and causing injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is unfamiliar with the vehicle to touch
the parking brake. If the parking
brake is released unintentionally,
serious injury may occur.
• Only release the parking brake
when you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly on
the brake pedal.
Driving your vehicle
If at all possible, cease driving the vehicle immediately. If that is not possible,
use extreme caution while operating the
vehicle and only continue to drive the
vehicle until you can reach a safe location.
CAUTION
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the parking brake engaged, the warning
will sound. Damage to the parking
brake may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the braking system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake parts. Make sure
the parking brake is released and
the Brake Warning Light is off
before driving.
WK-23
Check the Parking Brake Warning Light
by placing the ignition switch to the ON
position (do not start the engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition
switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking brake
is released and the Brake Warning Light
is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running, there
may be a malfunction in the brake system. Immediate attention is necessary.
5 23
Driving your vehicle
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
(if equipped)
WARNING
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not prevent accidents due to improper or
dangerous driving maneuvers.
Even though vehicle control is
improved during emergency braking, always maintain a safe distance between you and objects
ahead of you. Vehicle speeds
should always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The braking distance for cars equipped with
ABS or ESC may be longer than for
those without these systems in the
following road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered
roads.
• On roads where the road surface
is pitted or has different surface
height.
• Tire chains are installed on your
vehicle.
(Continued)
5 24
(Continued)
The safety features of an ABS or
ESC equipped vehicle should not
be tested by high speed driving or
cornering. This could endanger the
safety of yourself or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system that
helps prevent a braking skid. ABS allows
the driver to steer and brake at the same
time.
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from your
ABS in an emergency situation, do not
attempt to modulate your brake pressure
and do not try to pump your brakes.
Depress your brake pedal as hard as
possible.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may lock the wheels, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
ABS is active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from the
vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that results
from sudden changes in direction, such
as trying to take a corner too fast or making a sudden lane change. Always drive
at a safe speed for the road and weather
conditions.
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability.
Always steer moderately when braking
hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel
movement can still cause your vehicle to
veer into oncoming traffic or off the road.
Driving your vehicle
On loose or uneven road surfaces, operation of the anti-lock brake system may
result in a longer stopping distance than
for vehicles equipped with a conventional
brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay on
for several seconds after the ignition
switch is in the ON position. During that
time, the ABS will go through self-diagnosis and the light will go off if everything
is normal. If the light stays on, you may
have a problem with your ABS. We recommend that you contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible
WARNING
If the ABS warning light (
) is on
and stays on, you may have a problem with the ABS. Your power
brakes will work normally. To
reduce the risk of serious injury or
death, we recommend that you contact your HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
✽ NOTICE
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the engine
may not run as smoothly and the ABS
warning light (
) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of the
low battery voltage. It does not mean
your ABS is malfunctioning. Have the
battery recharged before driving the
vehicle.
CAUTION
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning light
(
) may illuminate. Pull your car
over to a safe place and turn the
engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS warning light is off, then your ABS system is normal. Otherwise, you may
have a problem with your ABS system. We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
5 25
Driving your vehicle
ESC applies braking pressure to any one
of the vehicle’s brakes and intervenes in
the engine management system to assist
the driver with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute for
safe driving practices. Always adjust your
speed and driving to the road conditions.
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING
OBA053008
■ Right-hand drive
OBA053008R
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
(if equipped)
The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering maneuvers. ESC checks
where you are steering and where the
vehicle is actually going.
5 26
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when cornering. The ESC system will not
prevent
accidents. Excessive
speed in turns, abrupt maneuvers,
and hydroplaning on wet surfaces
can result in severe accidents.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF indicator lights illuminate for approximately
three seconds and goes off, then the
ESC is turned on.
If this light stays on, your vehicle may
have a malfunction with the ESC system.
We recommend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
When operating
When the ESC is in operation,
the ESC indicator light blinks:
• When you apply your brakes
under conditions which may
lock the wheels, you may
hear sounds from the brakes,
or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your
ESC is active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to
the accelerator as it does
under routine conditions.
• When moving out of the mud
or driving on a slippery road,
the engine rpm (revolutions
per minute) may not increase
even if you press the accelerator pedal deeply. This is to
maintain the stability and
traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation,
press the ESC OFF button
(ESC OFF indicator light illuminates).
If the ignition switch is placed
to the LOCK/OFF position
when ESC is off, ESC remains
off. Upon restarting the engine,
the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
Indicator lights
When the ignition switch is placed to the
ON position, the ESC indicator light illuminates, then goes off if the ESC system
is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever
the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the ESC
system. When this warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes on
when the ESC is turned off with the button.
5 27
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt to
accelerate. NEVER press the ESC
OFF button while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting in
an accident.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires for this vehicle.
5 28
ESC OFF usage
When driving
The ESC OFF mode should only be used
briefly to help free the vehicle if stuck in
snow or mud by temporarily stopping
operation of the ESC to maintain wheel
torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press the
ESC OFF button while driving on a flat
road surface.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the transaxle:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one axle
to spin excessively while the
ESC, ABS, and brake warning
lights are displayed. The repairs
would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Reduce engine
power and do not spin the
wheel(s) excessively while these
lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, ensure the ESC is
turned off (ESC OFF light illuminated).
✽ NOTICE
Turning the ESC OFF does not affect
ABS or standard brake system operation.
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) (if equipped)
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM)
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking suddenly
on wet, slippery and rough roads where
traction over the four tires can suddenly
become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and the
distance to the vehicle ahead. The
VSM is not a substitute for safe
driving practices.
• Never drive too fast for the road
conditions. The VSM system will
not prevent accidents. Excessive
speed in bad weather, slippery
and uneven roads can result in
severe accidents.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately above
15 km/h (9mph) on curve roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately above
30 km/h (18mph) when the vehicle is
braking on rough roads.
When operating
When the VSM is in operation, the ESC
indicator light (
) blinks.
When you apply your brakes under conditions which may activate the ESC, you
may hear sounds from the brakes, or feel
a corresponding sensation in the brake
pedal. This is normal and it means your
VSM is active.
✽ NOTICE
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF ( ) indicator light is on.
• EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light (
) is on.
5 29
Driving your vehicle
VSM OFF condition
To cancel VSM operation, press the ESC
OFF button. ESC OFF indicator light
(
) will illuminate.
To turn on VSM, press the ESC OFF button again. The ESC OFF indicator light
will go out.
WARNING
If ESC indicator light ( ) or EPS
warning light ( ) stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction
with the VSM system. When the
warning light illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Driving with varying tire or wheel
sizes may cause the ESC system to
malfunction. When replacing tires,
make sure they are the same size as
your original tires for this vehicle.
5 30
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
(if equipped)
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) prevents the vehicle from rolling backwards
when starting a vehicle from a stop on a
hill. The system operates the brakes
automatically for approximately 1.5 seconds and releases the brake when the
accelerator pedal is depressed or after
1.5 seconds.
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting off
on a incline. The HAC activates only
for approximately 1.5 seconds.
✽ NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when the
shift lever is in P (Park) or N (Neutral)
(for automatic transaxle vehicle.)
• The HAC operates when:
- the shift lever is in N (Neutral) or D
(Drive) on up hill.
- the shift lever is in R (Reverses) on
down hill.
(for manual transaxle vehicle)
• The HAC activates even though the
ESC (Electronic Stability Control) is
off but does not activate when the
ESC has malfunctioned.
Driving your vehicle
Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)
(if equipped)
The Emergency Stop Signal system
alerts the driver behind by blinking the
stop light when the vehicle brakes rapidly and severely.
The system is activated when:
• The vehicle suddenly stops (vehicle
speed is over 55km/h (34mph) and the
vehicle deceleration is greater than
7m/s2).
• The ABS is activating.
When vehicle speed is under 40 km/h
(25mph) and the ABS deactivates or
the sudden stop situation is over, the
stop light will stop blinking. Instead, the
hazard warning flasher will turn on
automatically. The hazard warning
flasher will turn off when vehicle speed
is over 10km/h (6mph) after the vehicle
has stopped. Also, it will turn off when
the vehicle is driven at low speed for
some time. You can turn it off manually
by pressing the hazard warning flasher
switch.
Good braking practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete
stop and continue to depress the
brake pedal. Move the shift lever
into the 1st gear (for manual
transaxle vehicle) or P (Park, for
automatic transaxle vehicle) position, then apply the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
LOCK/OFF position.
Vehicles with the parking brake not
fully engaged are at risk for moving
inadvertently and causing injury to
yourself or others.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is driven through standing water or if it is
washed. Your vehicle will not stop as
quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet brakes
may cause the vehicle to pull to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal, taking care to keep the vehicle
under control at all times. If the braking
action does not return to normal, stop as
soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting on
the brake pedal. Even light, but constant
pedal pressure can result in the brakes
overheating, brake wear, and possibly
even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving,
apply the brakes gently and keep the
vehicle pointed straight ahead while you
slow down. When you are moving slowly
enough for it to be safe to do so, pull off
the road and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal
when the vehicle is stopped to prevent
the vehicle from rolling forward.
5 31
Driving your vehicle
REAR PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
■ 5 Door
✽ NOTICE
The system may not recognize objects
less than 40 cm (15 inches) from the sensor, or it may sense an incorrect distance.
WARNING
Sensor
OBA043033
■ 4 Door
Sensor
OBA044257
The Rear Parking Assist System aids the
driver during backward movement of the
vehicle by chiming if any object is sensed
within the distance of about 120 cm
(47 inches) behind the vehicle. This is a
supplemental system that senses objects
within the range and location of the sensors, it can not detect objects in other
areas where sensors are not installed.
5 32
• ALWAYS look around your vehicle to make sure there are not any
objects or obstacles before moving the vehicle in any direction to
prevent a collision.
• Always pay close attention when
the vehicle is driven close to
objects, particularly pedestrians,
and especially children.
• Be aware that some objects may
not be visible on the screen or be
detected by the sensors, due to
the objects distance, size or
material, all of which can limit the
effectiveness of the sensor.
CAUTION
Do not push, scratch or strike the
sensor with any hard objects that
could damage the surface of the
sensor. Sensor damage could
occur.
Operation of the rear parking assist
system
Operation condition
• Sensing distance when backing up is
approximately 120 cm (47 inches)
when you are driving less than 10 km/h
(6 mph).
• When more than two objects are
sensed at the same time, the closest
one will be recognized first.
Types of warning sounds
• When an object is 120 to 81 cm (47 to
32 inches) from the rear bumper:
Buzzer beeps intermittently.
• When an object is 80 to 41 cm (31 to 16
inches) from the rear bumper: Buzzer
sounds two beeps intermittently.
• When an object is within 40 cm (15
inches) of the rear bumper: Buzzer
sounds continuously.
If the audible warning does not sound or
if the buzzer sounds intermittently when
shifting into R (Reverse) position, this
may indicate a malfunction with the
Parking Assist System. If this occurs, we
recommend that your vehicle be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as
soon as possible.
Driving your vehicle
■ Left-hand drive
OBA043032
■ Right-hand drive
OBA043032R
Non-operational conditions of rear
parking assist system
Rear parking assist system OFF button
Push the button to turn off the rear parking assist system (the indicator light will
illuminate).
The rear parking assist system may
not operate normally when:
• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.
• The sensor is covered or stained with
foreign matter, such as snow or water,
or the sensor cover is blocked.
Detecting range may decrease when:
• Outside air temperature is extremely
hot or cold.
• Undetectable objects smaller than about
1 m (40 inches) and narrower than about
14 cm (6 inches) in diameter.
There is a possibility of a parking
assist system malfunction when:
• Driving on uneven road surfaces such
as unpaved roads, gravel, bumps, or
gradient.
• Objects generating excessive noise
such as vehicle horns, loud motorcycle
engines, or truck air brakes can interfere with the sensor.
• Heavy rain or water spray is present.
• Wireless transmitters or mobile phones
are present near the sensor.
• The sensor is covered with snow.
• Any non-factory equipment or accessories have been installed, or if the
vehicle bumper height or sensor installation has been modified.
The following objects may not be recognized by the sensor:
• Sharp or slim objects such as ropes,
chains or small poles.
• Objects, which tend to absorb sensor
frequency such as clothes, spongy
material or snow.
WARNING
Your new vehicle warranty does not
cover any accidents or damage to
the vehicle or injuries to its occupants do to a rear parking assist
system malfunction. Always drive
safely and cautiously.
5 33
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous driving conditions
Rocking the vehicle
When hazardous driving conditions are
encountered such as water, snow, ice,
mud or sand:
Drive cautiously and allow extra distance
for braking.
Avoid sudden movements in braking or
steering.
If stuck in snow, mud, or sand, use second gear. Accelerate slowly to avoid spinning the drive wheels.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle to
free it from snow, sand, or mud, first turn
the steering wheel right and left to clear
the area around your front wheels. Then,
shift back and forth between 1st and R
(Reverse, for manual transaxle vehicle)
or R (Reverse) and a forward gear (for
automatic transaxle vehicle). Try to avoid
spinning the wheels, and do not race the
engine.
To prevent transaxle wear, wait until the
wheels stop spinning before shifting
gears. Release the accelerator pedal
while shifting, and press lightly on the
accelerator pedal while the transaxle is in
gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in forward and reverse directions causes a
rocking motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transaxle, while driving on slippery
surfaces can cause an accident.
The sudden change in tire speed
could cause the tires to skid. Be
careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
Use sand, rock salt, or other non-slip
material under the drive wheels to provide traction when stalled in ice, snow, or
mud.
5 34
WARNING
If the tires spin at high speed the
tires can explode, and you or others may be injured. Do not attempt
this procedure if people or objects
are anywhere near the vehicle.
The vehicle can overheat causing
an engine compartment fire or
other damage. Spin the wheels as
little as possible and avoid spinning the wheels at speeds over 56
km/h (35 mph) as indicated on the
speedometer.
CAUTION
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transaxle, and
tire damage. See “Towing” in chapter 6.
To prevent damage to the transaxle,
turn OFF the ESC (if equipped) prior
to rocking the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
OLMB053041
OCM053010
OLMB053043
Smooth cornering
Driving at night
Driving in the rain
Avoid braking or gear changing in corners, especially when roads are wet.
Ideally, corners should always be taken
under gentle acceleration.
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance
between you and other vehicles, as it
may be more difficult to see at night,
especially in areas where there may
not be any street lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the glare
from other driver's headlights.
• Keep your headlights clean and properly aimed. Dirty or improperly aimed
headlights will make it much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlights
of oncoming vehicles. You could be
temporarily blinded, and it will take
several seconds for your eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to consider when driving in the rain or on slick
pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following
distance. A heavy rainfall makes it
harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop your vehicle.
• Replace your windshield wiper blades
when they show signs of streaking or
missing areas on the windshield.
5 35
Driving your vehicle
• Be sure your tires have enough tread.
If your tires do not have enough tread,
making a quick stop on wet pavement
can cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See “Tire Tread” in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlights to make it easier for others to see you.
• Driving too fast through large puddles
can affect your brakes. If you must go
through puddles, try to drive through
them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be wet,
apply them lightly while driving until
normal braking operation returns.
5 36
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may have
little or no contact with the road surface
and actually ride on the water. The best
advice is SLOW DOWN when the road is
wet. The risk of hydroplaning increases
as the depth of tire tread decreases, refer
to “Tire Tread” in chapter 7.
Driving in flooded areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no higher than the bottom of the wheel hub.
Drive through any water slowly. Allow
adequate stopping distance because
brake performance may be reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several
times while the vehicle is moving slowly.
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may
be necessary to use snow tires or to
install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to carry
include tire chains, tow straps or chains,
a flashlight, emergency flares, sand, a
shovel, jumper cables, a window scraper,
gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blanket,
etc.
OLMB053045
Snow or icy conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause skids to occur.
Snow tires
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent in
size and type to the vehicle's standard tires. Otherwise, the safety
and handling of your vehicle may
be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle,
make sure to use radial tires of the same
size and load range as the original tires.
Mount snow tires on all four wheels to
balance your vehicle’s handling in all
weather conditions. The traction provided
by snow tires on dry roads may not be as
high as your vehicle's original equipment
tires. Check with the tire dealer for maximum speed recommendations.
✽ NOTICE
Do not install studded tires without first
checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against
their use.
5 37
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
1JBA4068
Tire chains
Since the sidewalls of radial tires are
thinner than other types of tires, they may
be damaged by mounting some types of
tire chains on them. Therefore, the use of
snow tires is recommended instead of
tire chains. Do not mount tire chains on
vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels; if unavoidable use a wire type
chain. If tire chains must be used, use
genuine HYUNDAI parts and install the
tire chain after reviewing the instructions
provided with the tire chains. Damage to
your vehicle caused by improper tire
chain use is not covered by your vehicle
manufacturer’s warranty.
5 38
The use of tire chains may adversely affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 30 km/h (20 mph)
or the chain manufacturer’s recommended speed limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid bumps,
holes, sharp turns, and other
road hazards, which may cause
the vehicle to bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
✽ NOTICE
• Install tire chains on the front tires. It
should be noted that installing tire
chains on the tires will provide a
greater driving force, but will not prevent side skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local and municipal regulations for possible restrictions
against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer's instructions and mount
them as tightly possible. Drive slowly
(less than 30 km/h (20 mph)) with chains
installed. If you hear the chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten
them. If they still make contact, slow
down until the noise stops. Remove the
tire chains as soon as you begin driving
on cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park the
vehicle on level ground away from traffic.
Turn on the vehicle Hazard Warning
Flasher and place a triangular emergency warning device behind the vehicle
if available. Always place the vehicle in P
(Park), apply the parking brake and turn
off the engine before installing snow
chains.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage your
vehicle's brake lines, suspension,
body and wheels.
• Use SAE “S” class or wire chains.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage, retighten the chains after driving 0.5~1.0
km (0.3~0.6 miles).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles
equipped with aluminum wheels.
If unavoidable, use a wire type
chain.
• Use wire chains less than 15 mm
(0.59 in) wide to prevent damage
to the chain’s connection.
5 39
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE WEIGHT
Two labels on your driver’s door sill show
how much weight your vehicle was
designed to carry: the Tire and Loading
Information Label and the Certification
Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize
yourself with the following terms for
determining your vehicle's weight ratings,
from the vehicle's specifications and the
Certification Label:
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle including
a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment. It does not include passengers,
cargo, or optional equipment.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer
plus any aftermarket equipment.
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added to
the Base Curb Weight, including cargo
and optional equipment.
5 40
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on each
axle (front and rear) - including vehicle
curb weight and all payload.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight
that can be carried by a single axle (front
or rear). These numbers are shown on
the Certification Label. The total load on
each axle must never exceed its GAWR.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual
Cargo Weight plus passengers weight.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable weight of
the fully loaded vehicle (including all
options, equipment, passengers and
cargo). The GVWR is shown on the
Certification Label located on the driver’s
door sill.
Overloading
WARNING
The Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR) and the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) for your
vehicle are on the Certification
Label attached to the driver's (or
front passenger’s) door. Exceeding
these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage. You can
calculate the weight of your load by
weighing the items (and people)
before putting them in the vehicle.
Be careful not to overload your
vehicle.
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• Hazard warning flasher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY WHILE
DRIVING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing. . . . . . . 6-2
• If you have a flat tire while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
• If the engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START . . . . . . . . . 6-3
• If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly. . 6-3
• If the engine turns over normally but does not start. . 6-3
JUMP STARTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Jack and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
• Removing and storing the spare tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
• Changing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
TOWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Towing service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15
• Removable towing hook (front) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16
• Emergency towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17
6
What to do in an emergency
ROAD WARNING
It should be used whenever emergency
repairs are being made or when the vehicle is stopped near the edge of a roadway.
To turn the hazard warning flasher on or
off, press the hazard warning flasher button with the ignition switch in any position. The button is located in the center
console switch panel. All turn signal
lights will flash simultaneously.
OBA043027L
Hazard warning flasher
The hazard warning flasher serves as a
warning to other drivers to exercise
extreme caution when approaching,
overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
6 2
• The hazard warning flasher operates
whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when the
hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the engine stalls at a crossroad
or crossing
• If the engine stalls at a crossroad or
crossing, set the shift lever in the N
(Neutral) position and then push the
vehicle to a safe place.
• If your vehicle has a manual transaxle
not equipped with a ignition lock
switch, the vehicle can move forward
by shifting to the 2(second) or 3(third)
gear and then turning the starter without depressing the clutch pedal.
If you have a flat tire while driving
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal
and let the vehicle slow down while
driving straight ahead. Do not apply the
brakes immediately or attempt to pull
off the road as this may cause a loss of
control. When the vehicle has slowed
to such a speed that it is safe to do so,
brake carefully and pull off the road.
Drive off the road as far as possible
and park on a firm level ground. If you
are on a divided highway, do not park
in the median area between the two
traffic lanes.
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
2. When the vehicle is stopped, turn on
your hazard warning flasher, set the
parking brake and put the transaxle in
P (automatic transaxle) or reverse
(manual transaxle).
3. Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on the
side of the vehicle that is away from
traffic.
4. When changing a flat tire, follow the
instruction provided later in this chapter.
If the engine stalls while driving
1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping
a straight line. Move cautiously off the
road to a safe place.
2. Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
3. Try to start the engine again. Try to
start the engine again. If your vehicle
will not start, we recommend that you
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the engine doesn't turn over or
turns over slowly
If the engine turns over normally
but does not start
1. If your vehicle has an automatic
transaxle, be sure the shift lever is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park) and the emergency brake is set.
2. Check the battery connections to be
sure they are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the
starter, the battery is discharged.
4. Check the starter connections to be
sure they are securely tightened.
5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start
it. See instructions for "Jump starting".
1. Check the fuel level.
2. With the ignition switch in the LOCK/
OFF position, check all connectors at
the ignition coils and spark plugs.
Reconnect any that may be disconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine compartment.
4. If the engine still does not start, we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
If the engine will not start, do not
push or pull the vehicle to start it.
This could result in a collision or
cause other damage. In addition,
push or pull starting may cause the
catalytic converter to overload and
create a fire.
6 3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if done
incorrectly. Follow the jump starting procedure in this section to avoid serious
injury or damage to your vehicle. If in
doubt about how to properly jump start
your vehicle, we strongly recommend
that you have a service technician or towing service do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling the
battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear
eye
protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away
from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach
of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric
acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or
clothing.
(Continued)
6 4
(Continued)
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. If acid gets on
your skin, thoroughly wash the
area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak. Lift with a battery carrier or
with your hands on opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. NEVER
touch these components with the
engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
✽ NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
Jump starting procedure
1. Position the vehicles close enough that
the jumper cables will reach, but do not
allow the vehicles to touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in the
engine compartment at all times, even
when the vehicles are turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such as
radios, lights, air conditioning, etc. Put
the vehicles in P (Park, for automatic
transaxle vehicle) or neutral (for manual transaxle vehicle), and set the parking brakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.
Jumper Cables
(-)
(-)
(+)
Jumper Terminal
(+)
Booster Battery
OLMB063002/Q
4. Connect the jumper cables in the exact
sequence shown in the illustration.
First connect one jumper cable to the
red, positive (+) jumper terminal of
your vehicle (1).
5. Connect the other end of the jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable to
the black, negative (-) battery/chassis
ground of the assisting vehicle (3).
6 5
What to do in an emergency
7. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the black, negative (-)
chassis ground of your vehicle (4).
Do not allow the jumper cables to contact anything except the correct battery
or jumper terminals or the correct
ground. Do not lean over the battery
when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting vehicle and let it run at approximately
2,000 rpm for a few minutes. Then start
your vehicle.
If your vehicle will not start after a few
attempts, it probably requires servicing.
In this event please seek qualified assistance. If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent, we recommend
that your vehicle be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6 6
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from the
black, negative (-) chassis ground of
your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assisting
vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper cable
from
the
red,
positive
(+)
battery/jumper terminal of the assisting
vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper
cable from the red, positive (+) jumper
terminal of your vehicle (1).
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
If your temperature gauge indicates overheating, you will experience a loss of
power, or hear loud pinging or knocking
sound, the engine will probably be too
hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull the vehicle off the road and stop
as soon as it is safe to do so.
2. Place the shift lever in P (automatic
transaxle)
or
Neutral
(manual
transaxle) and set the parking brake. If
the air conditioning is on, turn it off.
3. If engine coolant is running out under
the vehicle or steam is coming out
from the hood, stop the engine. Do not
open the hood until the coolant has
stopped running or the steaming has
stopped. If there is no visible loss of
engine coolant and no steam, leave
the engine running and check to be
sure the engine cooling fan is operating. If the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
4. Check to see if the water pump drive
belt is missing. If it is not missing,
check to see that it is tight. If the drive
belt seems to be satisfactory, check
for coolant leakage from the radiator,
hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air
conditioning had been in use, it is normal for cold water to be draining from it
when you stop).
WARNING
While the engine is running, keep
hair, hands and clothing away from
moving parts such as the fan and
drive belts to prevent injury.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken
or engine coolant is leaking out, stop
the engine immediately and we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine is hot. This can
allow coolant to be blown out of the
opening and cause serious burns.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine temperature has returned to normal. Then,
if coolant has been lost, carefully add
coolant to the reservoir to bring the
fluid level in the reservoir up to the
halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for
further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again, we recommend that you call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates
there is a leak in the cooling system
and we recommend that the system
be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6 7
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
The spare tire, jack, jack handle,
wheel lug nut wrench are stored in
the luggage compartment.
Pull up the floor cover of the luggage
compartment to reach the jack
behind the spare tire.
OBA063014
OBA063001L
Jack and tools
(1) Jack
(2) Jack handle
(3) Wheel lug nut wrench
(4) Spanner
(5) Screw driver
(6) Towing hook
6 8
Jacking instructions
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
To prevent the jack from “rattling”
while the vehicle is in motion, store it
properly.
Follow jacking instructions to reduce
the possibility of personal injury.
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Changing tires
• Never attempt vehicle repairs
in the traffic lanes of a public
road or highway.
• Always move the vehicle completely off the road and onto
the shoulder before trying to
change a tire. The jack should
be used on firm level ground.
If you cannot find a firm level
place off the road, call a towing service company for
assistance.
• Be sure to use the correct
front and rear jacking positions on the vehicle; never
use the bumpers or any other
part of the vehicle for jack
support.
(Continued)
(Continued)
• The vehicle can easily roll off
the jack causing serious
injury or death. No person
should place any portion of
their body under a vehicle that
is supported only by a jack;
use vehicle support stands.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Make sure any children present are in a secure place away
from the road and from the
vehicle to be raised with the
jack.
OBA063002
Removing and storing the spare
tire
Turn the tire hold-down wing bolt
counterclockwise.
Store the tire in the reverse order of
removal.
To prevent the spare tire and tools
from “rattling” while the vehicle is in
motion, store them properly.
6 9
What to do in an emergency
■ 5 Door
OBA063003
■ 4 Door
OED066033
Changing tires
1.Park on a level surface and apply
the parking brake firmly.
2.Shift the shift lever into R
(Reverse) for manual transaxle or
P (Park) for automatic transaxle.
3.Activate the hazard warning flasher.
OBA064003R
4.Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,
jack, jack handle, and spare tire
from the vehicle.
5.Block both the front and rear of the
tire diagonally opposite of the tire
you are changing.
6 10
WARNING - Changing a tire
• To prevent vehicle movement
while changing a tire, always
set the parking brake fully,
and always block the wheel
diagonally opposite the wheel
being changed.
• We recommend that the
wheels of the vehicle be
chocked, and that no person
remain in a vehicle that is
being jacked.
What to do in an emergency
OBA063004
OBA063005
OBA063006
6.Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each, but do
not remove any lug nut until the tire
has been raised off the ground.
7.Place the jack at the front or rear
jacking position closest to the tire
you are changing. Place the jack at
the designated locations under the
frame. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with two
tabs and a raised dot to index with
the jack.
8.Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Before removing the wheel
lug nuts, make sure the vehicle is
stable and that there is no chance
for movement or slippage.
WARNING - Jack location
To reduce the possibility of
injury, be sure to use only the
jack provided with the vehicle
and in the correct jack position;
never use any other part of the
vehicle for jack support.
6 11
What to do in an emergency
9.Loosen the wheel lug nuts and
remove them with your fingers.
Slide the wheel off the studs and
lay it flat so it cannot roll away. To
put the wheel on the hub, pick up
the spare tire, line up the holes
with the studs and slide the wheel
onto them. If this is difficult, tip the
wheel slightly and get the top hole
in the wheel lined up with the top
stud. Then jiggle the wheel back
and forth until the wheel can be slid
over the other studs.
6 12
WARNING
• Wheels and wheel covers may
have sharp edges. Handle
them carefully to avoid possible severe injury.
• Before putting the wheel into
place, be sure that there is
nothing on the hub or wheel
(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.)
that interferes with the wheel
from fitting solidly against the
hub. If there is, remove it. If
the contact of the mounting
surface between the wheel
and hub is not good, the
wheel nuts could come loose
and cause the loss of a wheel.
Loss of a wheel may result in
loss of control of the vehicle.
This may cause serious injury
or death.
10. To install the wheel, hold it on the
studs, put the wheel nuts on the
studs and tighten them finger
tight. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is
completely seated, then tighten
the nuts as much as possible
with your fingers again.
11. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the wheel nut wrench
counterclockwise.
What to do in an emergency
Wheel nut tightening torque:
Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:
9~11 kg.m (65~79 lb.ft)
OBA063007
12. Position the wrench as shown in
the drawing and tighten the
wheel lug nuts. Be sure the socket is seated completely over the
nut. Do not stand on the wrench
handle or use an extension pipe
over the wrench handle. Go
around the wheel tightening
every nut following the numerical
sequence shown in the image
until they are all tight. Doublecheck each lug nut until they are
tight. After changing wheels, we
recommend that the system be
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
If you have a tire gauge, remove the
valve cap and check the air pressure.
If the pressure is lower than recommended, drive slowly to the nearest
service station and inflate to the correct pressure. If it is too high, adjust
it until it is correct. Always reinstall
the valve cap after checking or
adjusting the tire pressure. If the cap
is not replaced, air may leak from the
tire. If you lose a valve cap, buy
another and install it as soon as possible.
After you have changed the wheels,
always secure the flat tire in its place
and return the jack and tools to their
proper storage locations.
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the wheel studs and nuts.
Make certain during wheel
removal that the same nuts that
were removed are reinstalled or, if replaced, that nuts with
metric threads and the same
chamfer configuration are used.
Installation of a non-metric
thread nut on a metric stud or
vice-versa will not secure the
wheel to the hub properly and
will damage the stud so that it
must be replaced.
Note that most lug nuts do not
have metric threads. Be sure to
use extreme care in checking
for thread style before installing
aftermarket lug nuts or wheels.
If in doubt, we recommend that
you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
6 13
What to do in an emergency
WARNING - Wheel studs
If the studs are damaged, they
may lose their ability to retain
the wheel. This could lead to the
loss of the wheel and a collision
resulting in serious injuries.
WARNING - Inadequate
spare tire pressure
Check the inflation pressures as
soon as possible after installing
the spare tire. Adjust it to the
specified pressure, if necessary.
Refer to “Tires and wheels” in
chapter 8.
6 14
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
If any of the loaded wheels or suspension components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing dolly
under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial tow
truck and wheel dollies are not used, the
front of the vehicle should always be lifted, not the rear.
OPA067016
dolly
OPA067015
Towing service
If emergency towing is necessary, we
recommend having it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial
tow-truck service. Proper lifting and towing procedures are necessary to prevent
damage to the vehicle. The use of wheel
dollies or flatbed is recommended.
For trailer towing guidelines information,
refer to “Trailer towing” in chapter 5.
It is acceptable to tow the vehicle with the
rear wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the front wheels off the ground.
OPA067017
CAUTION
• Do not tow the vehicle backwards
with the front wheels on the
ground as this may cause damage to the vehicle.
• Do not tow with sling-type equipment. Use wheel lift or flatbed
equipment.
6 15
What to do in an emergency
When towing your vehicle in an emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Set the ignition switch in the ACC position.
2. Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
CAUTION
Failure to place the transaxle shift
lever in N (Neutral) may cause internal damage to the transaxle.
OBA063011
Removable towing hook (front)
(if equipped)
1. Open the tailgate, and remove the towing hook from the tool bag.
2. Remove the hole cover pressing the
lower part of the cover on the front
bumper.
6 16
OBA063012
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is fully
secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and install
the cover after use.
What to do in an emergency
■ Front (if equipped)
OBA063012
■ Rear
OBA063013
Emergency towing
If towing is necessary, we recommend
you to have it done by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow
truck service.
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be temporarily towed using a cable or chain
secured to the emergency towing hook
under the front (or rear) of the vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing the
vehicle. A driver must be in the vehicle to
steer it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done only
on hard-surfaced roads for a short distance and at low speeds. Also, the
wheels, axles, power train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.
• Do not use the towing hooks to pull a
vehicle out of mud, sand or other conditions from which the vehicle cannot
be driven out under its own power.
• Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the
vehicle doing the towing.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
CAUTION
• Attach a towing strap to the towing hook.
• Using a portion of the vehicle
other than the tow hooks for towing may damage the body of your
vehicle.
• Use only a cable or chain specifically intended for use in towing
vehicles. Securely fasten the
cable or chain to the towing hook
provided.
• Before emergency towing, check that
the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply it steadily
with even force.
• To avoid damaging the hook, do not
pull from the side or at a vertical angle.
Always pull straight ahead.
6 17
What to do in an emergency
WARNING
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle.
• Avoid sudden starts or erratic
driving maneuvers which would
place excessive stress on the
emergency towing hook and towing cable or chain. The hook and
towing cable or chain may break
and cause serious injury or damage.
• If the disabled vehicle is unable
to be moved, do not forcibly continue the towing. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial tow truck service for
assistance.
• Tow the vehicle as straight ahead
as possible.
• Keep away from the vehicle during towing.
6 18
OPA067014
• Use a towing strap less than 5 m (16
feet) long. Attach a white or red cloth
(about 30 cm (12 inches) wide) in the
middle of the strap for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so that the towing strap
is not loosened during towing.
Emergency towing precautions
• Turn the ignition switch to ACC so the
steering wheel isn’t locked.
• Place the transaxle shift lever in N
(Neutral).
• Release the parking brake.
• Press the brake pedal with more force
than normal since you will have
reduced brake performance.
• More steering effort will be required
because the power steering system
will be disabled.
• If you are driving down a long hill, the
brakes may overheat and brake performance will be reduced. Stop often
and let the brakes cool off.
What to do in an emergency
CAUTION - Automatic
transaxle
• If the vehicle is being towed with
all four wheels on the ground, it
can be towed only from the front.
Be sure that the transaxle is in
neutral. Do not tow at speeds
greater than 40 km/h (25 mph)
and for more than 25 km (15
miles). Be sure the steering wheel
is unlocked by placing the ignition switch in the ACC position. A
driver must be in the towed vehicle to operate the steering wheel
and brakes.
• Before towing, check the level of
the automatic transaxle fluid. If it
is below the "HOT" range on the
dipstick, add fluid. If you cannot
add fluid, a towing dolly must be
used.
6 19
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
MAINTENANCE SERVICES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
PARKING BRAKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Owner’s responsibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
• Owner maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4
AIR CLEANER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
OWNER MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Owner maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6
• Filter inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE. . . . . 7-8
• Normal maintenance schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
• Maintenance under severe usage conditions. . . . . . . 7-13
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED
MAINTENANCE ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
ENGINE OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
• Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
• Changing the engine oil and filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
ENGINE COOLANT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
• Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
• Changing the engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
• Checking the brake/clutch fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID . . . . . . . . . 7-27
• Checking the automatic transaxle fluid level . . . . . 7-27
• Changing the automatic transaxle fluid . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
WASHER FLUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Checking the washer fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Checking the parking brake
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
• Filter replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
WIPER BLADES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Blade inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
• Blade replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
BATTERY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• For best battery service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
• Battery capacity label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Battery recharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
• Reset items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
TIRES AND WHEELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Tire care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
• Recommended cold tire inflation pressures . . . . . . 7-41
• Checking tire inflation pressure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
• Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
• Wheel alignment and tire balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Tire replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
• Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
• Tire traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
• Tire maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
7
• Tire sidewall labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
• Low aspect ratio tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-51
FUSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
• Instrument panel fuse replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
• Engine compartment panel fuse replacement . . . . . 7-55
• Main fuse (multi fuse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-56
• Fuse/relay panel description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-57
LIGHT BULBS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
• Headlight, position light, turn signal light, and
front fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-70
• Side repeater light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Rear combination light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . 7-72
• Rear fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• High mounted stop light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• License plate light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-74
• Interior light bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
APPEARANCE CARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
7
• Exterior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-76
• Interior care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-81
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Crankcase emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Evaporative emission control system. . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
• Exhaust emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-83
Maintenance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Left-hand drive
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Engine oil filler cap
3. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Fuse box
6. Positive battery terminal
■ Right-hand drive
7. Negative battery terminal
8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
9. Radiator cap
10. Engine oil dipstick
11. Automatic transaxle dipstick*
* : if equipped
❈ The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OBA013006/OBA013006R
7 3
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care to
prevent damage to your vehicle and
injury to yourself whenever performing
any maintenance or inspection procedures.
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient
servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that could lead to
vehicle damage, an accident, or personal injury.
7 4
Owner’s responsibility
Owner maintenance precautions
✽ NOTICE
Improper or incomplete service may
result in problems. This chapter gives
instructions only for the maintenance
items that are easy to perform.
Maintenance Service and Record
Retention are the owner's responsibility.
We recommend in general that you have
your vehicle serviced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
You should retain documents that show
proper maintenance has been performed
on your vehicle in accordance with the
scheduled maintenance service charts
shown on the following pages. You need
this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
Detailed warranty information is provided
in your Service Passport.
Repairs and adjustments required as a
result of improper maintenance or a lack
of required maintenance are not covered
when your vehicle is covered by warranty.
✽ NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during
the warranty period may affect warranty coverage. For details, read the separate Service Passport provided with the
vehicle. If you're unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure, we recommend that the system be serviced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
WARNING - Maintenance
work
• Performing maintenance work on
a vehicle can be dangerous. You
can be seriously injured while
performing some maintenance
procedures. If you lack sufficient
knowledge and experience or the
proper tools and equipment to do
the work, we recommend that the
system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Working under the hood with the
engine running is dangerous. It
becomes even more dangerous
when you wear jewelry or loose
clothing. These can become
entangled in moving parts and
result in injury. Therefore, if you
must run the engine while working under the hood, make certain
that you remove all jewelry (especially rings, bracelets, watches,
and necklaces) and all neckties,
scarves, and similar loose clothing before getting near the
engine or cooling fans.
7 5
Maintenance
OWNER MAINTENANCE
The following lists are vehicle checks and
inspections that should be performed at
the frequencies indicated to help ensure
safe, dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as
soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance Checks are
generally not covered by warranties and
you may be charged for labor, parts and
lubricants used.
7 6
Owner maintenance schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the engine oil level.
• Check the coolant level in the coolant
reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Look for low or under-inflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. Scalding hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure. This could cause burns
or other serious injury.
While operating your vehicle:
• Note any changes in the sound of the
exhaust or any smell of exhaust fumes
in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice any increased steering
effort or looseness in the steering
wheel, or change in its straight-ahead
position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly turns
slightly or “pulls” to one side when traveling on smooth, level road.
• When stopping, listen and check for
unusual sounds, pulling to one side,
increased brake pedal travel or “hardto-push” brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the operation of your transaxle occurs, check
the transaxle fluid level.
• Check automatic transaxle P (Park)
function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your vehicle
(water dripping from the air conditioning system during or after use is normal).
Maintenance
At least monthly:
• Check the coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the stoplights, turn signals and hazard warning flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare.
At least twice a year
(i.e., every Spring and Fall):
• Check the radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check the windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean the wiper
blades with clean cloth dampened with
washer fluid.
• Check the headlight alignment.
• Check the muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check the lap/shoulder belts for wear
and function.
• Check for worn tires and loose wheel
lug nuts.
At least once a year:
• Clean the body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate the door hinges and checks,
and hood hinges.
• Lubricate the door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate the door rubber weatherstrips.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate the automatic
transaxle linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake (and clutch) fluid
level.
7 7
Maintenance
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICE
Follow the Normal Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated where none of the following conditions
apply. If any of the following conditions
apply, follow Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
• Repeated short distance driving.
• Driving in dusty conditions or sandy
areas.
• Extensive use of brakes.
• Driving in areas where salt or other
corrosive materials are being used.
• Driving on rough or muddy roads.
• Driving in mountainous areas.
• Extended periods of idling or low
speed operation.
• Driving for a prolonged period in cold
temperatures and/or extremely humid
climates.
• More than 50% driving in heavy city
traffic during hot weather above 32°C
(90°F).
7 8
If your vehicle is operated under the
above conditions, you should inspect,
replace or refill more frequently than the
following Normal Maintenance Schedule.
After the periods or distance shown in
the chart, continue to follow the prescribed maintenance intervals.
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (FOR MEXICO)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
Miles×1,000
6.5
13
19.5
26
32.5
39
45.5
52
Km×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Engine oil and engine oil filter *
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Air cleaner filter
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Drive belts *1
2
Spark plugs
Months
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles) *3
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
7 9
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (FOR MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Valve clearance *4 (if equipped)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
Miles×1,000
6.5
13
19.5
26
32.5
39
45.5
52
Km×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Inspect every 95,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months *3
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
I
I
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *
I
R
I
R
5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Cooling system
I
R
*3
*4
I
I
Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. We recommend that the system be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5
* : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
7 10
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (FOR MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
Miles×1,000
6.5
13
19.5
26
32.5
39
45.5
52
Km×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
At first, replace at 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months:
after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *7
Engine coolant *6
Battery condition
I
I
I
I
All electrical systems
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
Brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*6 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*7 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
7 11
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (FOR MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
6
12
18
24
30
36
42
48
Miles×1,000
6.5
13
19.5
26
32.5
39
45.5
52
Km×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (pressure & tread wear)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front suspension ball joints
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate control air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Manual transaxle fluid *8 (if equipped)
Inspect every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
Inspect every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*8 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
7 12
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (EXCEPT MEXICO)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and engine oil filter *2
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Miles×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Km×1,000
15
I
30
I
45
I
60
I
75
I
90
I
105
I
120
I
Except
Middle East
Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months
Middle East
Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months
Except
Middle East
I
I
Middle East
R
R
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
R
R
R
R
Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles) *3
R
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*1 : Adjust alternator and power steering (and water pump drive belt) and air conditioner drive belt (if equipped).
Inspect and if necessary correct or replace.
*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.
*3 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
7 13
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (EXCEPT MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Valve clearance *4 (if equipped)
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Miles×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Km×1,000
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
Inspect every 95,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months *3
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
I
I
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *
I
R
I
R
5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Cooling system
I
R
*3
*4
I
I
Inspect “Coolant level and leak” every day
Inspect “Water pump” when replacing the drive belt or timing belt
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.
: Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. We recommend that the system be serviced
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5
* : The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule
depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc, replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for details.
7 14
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (EXCEPT MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
12
24
36
48
60
72
Miles×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Km×1,000
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
I
I
I
I
All electrical systems
Brake lines, hoses and connections
96
At first, replace at 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months:
after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *7
Engine coolant *6
Battery condition
84
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake pedal, clutch pedal (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
Parking brake
I
I
I
I
Brake/clutch(if equipped) fluid
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*6 : When adding coolant, use only a qualified coolant additive for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at
the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.
*7 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it’s interval when you do maintenance of other items.
7 15
Maintenance
NORMAL MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE (EXCEPT MEXICO) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS
Number of months or driving distance, whichever comes first
Months
12
24
36
48
60
72
84
96
Miles×1,000
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
Km×1,000
15
30
45
60
75
90
105
120
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Tire (pressure & tread wear)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Front suspension ball joints
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Bolt and nuts on chassis and body
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner refrigerant (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Air conditioner compressor (if equipped)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Climate control air filter
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Manual transaxle fluid *8 (if equipped)
Inspect every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
Inspect every 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
*8 : Manual transaxle fluid should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
7 16
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONS
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.
Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace
R : Replace or change
Maintenance
operation
Maintenance intervals
Except Middle East
R
Every 7,500 km (4,600 miles) or 6 months
For Middle East
R
Every 5,000 km (3,100 miles) or 6 months
Maintenance item
Engine oil and engine
oil filter
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Air cleaner filter
R
Spark plugs
R
Manual transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)
Automatic transaxle fluid (if equipped)
R
Every 100,000 km (62,500 miles)
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
A, B, C, D, E,
F, G, H, I, J
C, E
B, H
C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J
A, C, D, E, F,
G, H, I, J
C, D, E, F, G
7 17
Maintenance
Maintenance item
Maintenance
operation
Front suspension ball joints
I
Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors
I
Drum brakes and linings (if equipped)
I
Parking brake
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
Climate control air filter
R
Severe driving conditions
A : Repeated short distance driving
B : Extensive idling
C : Driving in dusty, rough roads
D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive
materials or in very cold weather
E : Driving in sandy areas
7 18
Maintenance intervals
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Inspect more frequently
depending on the condition
Replace more frequently
depending on the condition
Driving condition
C, D, E, F, G
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, E, G, H
C, D, G, H
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
C, E
F : More than 50 % driving in heavy city traffic during hot
weather above 32°C (90°F)
G : Driving in mountainous areas
H : Towing a trailer
I : Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing
J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)
Maintenance
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine oil and filter
Fuel filter
Vapor hose and fuel filler cap
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in the
maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is
being driven in severe conditions, more
frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
A clogged filter can limit the speed at
which the vehicle may be driven, damage
the emission system and cause multiple
issues such as hard starting. If an excessive amount of foreign matter accumulates in the fuel tank, the filter may
require replacement more frequently.
After installing a new filter, run the engine
for several minutes, and check for leaks
at the connections. We recommend that
the fuel filter be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap should
be inspected at those intervals specified
in the maintenance schedule. Make sure
that a new vapor hose or fuel filler cap is
correctly replaced.
Drive belts
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of cuts,
cracks, excessive wear or oil saturation
and replace if necessary. Drive belts
should be checked periodically for proper
tension and adjusted as necessary.
Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connections for leakage and damage. We
recommend that the fuel lines, fuel hoses
and connectionsr be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Vacuum crankcase ventilation
hoses (if equipped)
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence
of heat and/or mechanical damage. Hard
and brittle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts,
abrasions, and excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention
should be paid to examine those hose
surfaces nearest to high heat sources,
such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that
the hoses do not come in contact with
any heat source, sharp edges or moving
component which might cause heat damage or mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and couplings, to make sure they are secure, and
that no leaks are present. Hoses should
be replaced immediately if there is any
evidence of deterioration or damage.
7 19
Maintenance
Air cleaner filter
Coolant
Brake hoses and lines
When replacing the air cleaner filter, we
recommend that you use HYUNDAI genuine parts.
The coolant should be changed at the
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and any
leakage. Replace any deteriorated or
damaged parts immediately.
Spark plugs
Manual transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Make sure to install new spark plugs of
the correct heat range.
Valve clearance (if equipped)
Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or
engine vibration and adjust if necessary.
We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Cooling system
Check the cooling system components,
such as the radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage and
damage. Replace any damaged parts.
7 20
Inspect the manual transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
Automatic transaxle fluid
(if equipped)
Inspect the automatic transaxle fluid
according to the maintenance schedule.
Brake fluid
Check the brake fluid level in the brake
fluid reservoir. The level should be
between “MIN” and “MAX” marks on the
side of the reservoir. Use only hydraulic
brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT
4 specification.
Parking brake
Inspect the parking brake system including the parking brake lever and cables.
Maintenance
Rear brake drums and linings
(if equipped)
Steering gear box, linkage &
boots/lower arm ball joint
Check the rear brake drums and linings
for scoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken
parts, and excessive wear.
With the vehicle stopped and engine off,
check for excessive free-play in the
steering wheel.
Check the linkage for bends or damage.
Check the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
Brake pads, calipers and rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs
for run out and wear, and calipers for fluid
leakage.
Drive shafts and boots
Suspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for
looseness or damage. Retighten to the
specified torque.
Check the drive shafts, boots and clamps
for cracks, deterioration, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts and, if necessary, repack the grease.
Air conditioning refrigerant
(if equipped)
Check the air conditioning lines and connections for leakage and damage.
7 21
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
5. Pull the dipstick out again and check
the level. The level should be between
F and L.
CAUTION
Do not overfill the engine oil. It may
damage the engine.
OBA073002
Checking the engine oil level
1. Be sure the vehicle is on level ground.
2. Start the engine and allow it to reach
normal operating temperature.
3. Turn the engine off and wait for a few
minutes (about 5 minutes) for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean, and
re-insert it fully.
WARNING - Radiator hose
Be very careful not to touch the
radiator hose when checking or
adding the engine oil as it may be
hot enough to burn you.
7 22
OBA073003
If it is near or at L, add enough oil to bring
the level to F. Do not overfill.
Use a funnel to help prevent oil from
being spilled on engine components.
Use only the specified engine oil. (Refer
to “Recommended lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
Changing the engine oil and filter
We recommend that the engine oil and
filter be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Used engine oil may cause skin irritation or cancer if left in contact
with the skin for prolonged periods
of time. Used engine oil contains
chemicals that have caused cancer
in laboratory animals. Always protect your skin by washing your
hands thoroughly with soap and
warm water as soon as possible
after handling used oil.
The high-pressure cooling system has a
reservoir filled with year round antifreeze
coolant. The reservoir is filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at the
beginning of the winter season, and
before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the coolant level
WARNING
Removing radiator
cap
• Never attempt to remove the radiator cap while the engine is operating or hot. Doing so might lead
to cooling system and engine
damage and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam.
• Turn the engine off and wait until
it cools down. Use extreme care
when removing the radiator cap.
Wrap a thick towel around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly to
the first stop. Step back while the
pressure is released from the
cooling system. When you are
sure all the pressure has been
released, press down on the cap,
using a thick towel, and continue
turning counterclockwise to
remove it.
(Continued)
7 23
Maintenance
(Continued)
• Even if the engine is not operating, do not remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are hot. Hot
coolant and steam may still blow
out under pressure, causing serious injury.
WARNING
The electric motor (cooling fan) is controlled by
engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure and vehicle speed.
It may sometimes operate even
when the engine is not running.
Use extreme caution when working
near the blades of the cooling fan
so that you are not injured by a
rotating fan blades. As the engine
coolant temperature decreases, the
electric motor will automatically
shut off. This is a normal condition.
7 24
OBA073004
Check the condition and connections of
all cooling system hoses and heater
hoses. Replace any swollen or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between F (MAX) and L (MIN) marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir when the
engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
specified coolant to provide protection
against freezing and corrosion. Bring the
level to F (MAX), but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, we recommend that the system be inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Recommended engine coolant
• Use only soft (distilled) water in the
coolant mixture.
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based
coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing.
• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified
coolant.
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less than
35% antifreeze, which would reduce
the effectiveness of the solution.
For mixture percentage, refer to the following table.
Ambient
Temperature
-15°C (5°F)
-25°C (-13°F)
-35°C (-31°F)
-45°C (-49°F)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
Maintenance
Changing the coolant
We recommend that the coolant be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
CAUTION
Put a thick cloth around the radiator
cap before refilling the coolant in
order to prevent the coolant from
overflowing into the engine parts
such as the generator.
OBA073005
WARNING
Radiator cap
Do not remove the radiator cap
when the engine and radiator are
hot. Scalding hot coolant and
steam may blow out under pressure causing serious injury.
WARNING - Coolant
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
7 25
Maintenance
BRAKES/CLUTCH(IF EQUIPPED) FLUID
■ Left-hand drive
OBA073006
Before removing the reservoir cap and
adding brake/clutch fluid, clean the area
around the reservoir cap thoroughly to
prevent brake/clutch fluid contamination.
If the level is low, add fluid to the MAX
level. The level will fall with accumulated
mileage. This is a normal condition associated with the wear of the brake linings.
If the fluid level is excessively low, we
recommend that the system be checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
■ Right-hand drive
Use only the specified brake/clutch fluid.
(Refer to “Recommended lubricants and
capacities” in chapter 8.)
Never mix different types of fluid.
OBA073006R
Checking the brake/clutch fluid
level
Check the fluid level in the reservoir periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
7 26
WARNING - Loss of brake
fluid
In the event the brake system
requires frequent additions of fluid,
we recommend that the system be
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING - Brake/clutch
fluid
When changing and adding
brake/clutch fluid, handle it carefully. Do not let it come in contact with
your eyes. If brake/clutch fluid
come in contact with your eyes,
immediately flush them with a large
quantity of fresh tap water. Have
your eyes examined by a doctor as
soon as possible.
CAUTION
Do not allow brake/clutch fluid to
contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint
damage
will
result.
Brake/clutch fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an extended
time should never be used as its
quality cannot be guaranteed. It
should be properly disposed. Don't
put in the wrong kind of fluid. A few
drops of mineral-based oil, such as
engine oil, in your brake/clutch system can damage the system parts.
Maintenance
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING - Transaxle fluid
The transaxle fluid level should be
checked when the engine is at normal operating temperature. This
means that the engine, radiator,
radiator hose and exhaust system
etc., are very hot. Exercise great
care not to burn yourself during
this procedure.
OBA073007
Checking the automatic transaxle
fluid level
The automatic transaxle fluid level
should be checked regularly.
Keep the vehicle on the level ground with
the parking brake applied and check the
fluid level according to the following procedure.
1. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral)
position and confirm the engine is running at normal idle speed.
2. After the transaxle is warmed up sufficiently (fluid temperature 70~80°C
(158~176°F), for example by 10 minutes usual driving, move the shift lever
through all the positions then place the
shift lever in “N (Neutral) or P (Park)”
position.
OHD076045N
3. Confirm that the fluid level is in “HOT”
range on the level gauge. If the fluid
level is lower, add the specified fluid in
the fill hole. If the fluid level is higher,
drain the fluid from the drain hole.
4. If the fluid level is checked in cold condition (fluid temperature 20~30°C
(68~86°F) add the fluid to “C” (COLD)
line and then recheck the fluid level
according to the above step 2.
7 27
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Low fluid level causes transaxle
shift slippage. Overfilling can
cause foaming, loss of fluid and
transaxle malfunction.
• The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transaxle malfunction and failure.
WARNING - Parking brake
To avoid sudden movement of the
vehicle, apply the parking brake
and depress the brake pedal before
moving the shift lever.
✽ NOTICE
“C” (COLD) range is for reference only
and should NOT be used to determine
the transaxle fluid level.
7 28
✽ NOTICE
A new automatic transaxle fluid should
be red. The red dye is added so the
assembly plant can identify it as automatic transaxle fluid and distinguish it
from engine oil or antifreeze. The red
dye, which is not an indicator of fluid
quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle
is driven, the automatic transaxle fluid
will begin to look darker. The color may
eventually appear light brown.
Therefore, we recommend that the system be replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer according to the
Scheduled Maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
Use only the specified automatic
transaxle fluid. (Refer to “Recommended
lubricants and capacities” in chapter 8.)
Changing the automatic transaxle
fluid
We recommend that the system be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Maintenance
WASHER FLUID
PARKING BRAKE
■ Left-hand drive
WARNING - Coolant
OBA073008
Checking the washer fluid level
The reservoir is translucent so that you
can check the level with a quick visual
inspection.
Check the fluid level in the washer fluid
reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain
water may be used if washer fluid is not
available. However, use washer solvent
with antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
• Do not use radiator coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
• Radiator coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may cause
loss of vehicle control or damage
to paint and body trim.
• Windshield Washer fluid agents
contain some amounts of alcohol
and can be flammable under certain circumstances. Do not allow
sparks or flame to contact the
washer fluid or the washer fluid
reservoir. Damage to the vehicle
or occupants could occur.
• Windshield washer fluid is poisonous to humans and animals.
Do not drink and avoid contacting windshield washer fluid.
Serious injury or death could
occur.
OBA053006
■ Right-hand drive
OBA053006R
Checking the parking brake
Check the stroke of the parking brake by
counting the number of “clicks’’ heard
while fully applying it from the released
position. Also, the parking brake alone
should securely hold the vehicle on a fairly steep grade.
7 29
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
If the stroke is more or less than specified, we recommend that the system be
serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Filter replacement
It must be replaced when necessary, and
should not be cleaned and reused.
Stroke : 6~8 clicks at a force of 20kg
(44lbs, 196N).
OBA073025
OBA073026
1. Remove the intake hose clamp.
2. Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching
clips and open the cover.
7 30
Maintenance
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the element more often than the usual recommended
intervals.
(Refer
to
“Maintenance under severe usage conditions” in this chapter.)
OBA073027
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Reassemble in the reverse order of
removal.
CAUTION
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
removed; this will result in excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• We recommend that you use
parts for replacement from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Use
of improper parts could damage
the air flow sensor or turbo charger.
7 31
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER (IF EQUIPPED)
Filter inspection
■ Left-hand drive
The climate control air filter should be
replaced according to the Maintenance
Schedule. If the vehicle is operated in
severely air-polluted cities or on dusty
rough roads for a long period, it should
be inspected more frequently and
replaced earlier. When you replace the
climate control air filter, replace it performing the following procedure, and be
careful to avoid damaging other components.
■ Right-hand drive
■ Left-hand drive
OBA073032
OBA073032R
Filter replacement
1. With the glove box opened, push in
both sides of the glove box as shown.
This will ensure that the glove box
stopper pins will get released from its
holding location allowing the glove box
to hang.
7 32
OBA073029
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073029R
2. Remove the climate control air filter
cover.
Maintenance
■ Left-hand drive
OBA073030
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073031
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order of
disassembly.
✽ NOTICE
OBA073030R-1
When replacing the climate control air
filter install it properly. Otherwise, the
system may produce noise and the effectiveness of the filter may be reduced.
3. Pull out the air filter
7 33
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Contamination of either the windshield or
the wiper blades with foreign matter can
reduce the effectiveness of the windshield wipers. Common sources of contamination are insects, tree sap, and hot
wax treatments used by some commercial car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window and
the blades with a good cleaner or mild
detergent, and rinse thoroughly with
clean water.
1JBA5122
Blade inspection
✽ NOTICE
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
7 34
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, do not use gasoline,
kerosene, paint thinner, or other
solvents on or near them.
Blade replacement
When the wipers no longer clean adequately, the blades may be worn or
cracked, and require replacement.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
CAUTION
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
Maintenance
1JBA7037
OHM078059
1LDA5023
Front windshield wiper blade
Type A
1. Raise the wiper arm and rotate the
wiper blade assembly to expose the
plastic locking clip.
Type B
1. Raise the wiper arm.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
CAUTION
Do not allow the wiper arm to fall
against the windshield, since it may
chip or crack the windshield.
1JBA7038
2. Compress the clip (1) and slide the
blade assembly downward (2).
3. Lift it off the arm.
4. Install a blade assembly in the reverse
order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7 35
Maintenance
OHM078060
OHM078061
OPA077017
2. Lift up the wiper blade clip (1). Then
pull down the blade assembly (2) and
remove it.
3. Install a new blade assembly in the
reverse order of removal.
4. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
Rear window wiper blade
(if equipped)
1. Raise the wiper arm and pull out the
wiper blade assembly.
2. Slightly rotate the wiper blade assembly (1) and pull it out.
7 36
Maintenance
OPA077018
3. Install a new blade assembly by inserting the center part into the slot on the
wiper arm until it clicks into place.
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it slightly.
To prevent damage to the wiper arms or
other components, we recommend that
the wiper blade be replaced by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 37
Maintenance
BATTERY
WARNING
OBA073009
For best battery service
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections
clean, tight, and coated with petroleum
jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled electrolyte from the
battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
• If the vehicle is not going to be used for
an extended time, disconnect the battery cables.
7 38
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling the
battery:
Always read and follow
instructions carefully when
handling a battery.
Wear
eye
protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away
from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present
in battery cells, is highly
combustible, and may
explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of reach
of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric
acid which is highly corrosive. Do not allow acid to
contact your eyes, skin or
clothing.
(Continued)
(Continued)
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate
medical attention. If acid gets on
your skin, thoroughly wash the
area. If you feel pain or a burning
sensation, get medical attention
immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the
case may cause battery acid to
leak. Lift with a battery carrier or
with your hands on opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle if your battery is frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge the
battery when the vehicle’s battery
cables are connected to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage. NEVER
touch these components with the
engine running or when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
Maintenance
Battery recharging
■ Example
CAUTION
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start your
vehicle by push-starting.
✽ NOTICE
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulation.
OJD072039
❈ The actual battery label in the vehicle
may differ from the illustration.
Your vehicle has a maintenance-free,
calcium-based battery.
• If the battery becomes discharged in a
short time (because, for example, the
headlights or interior lights were left on
while the vehicle was not in use),
recharge it by slow charging (trickle)
for 10 hours.
• If the battery gradually discharges
because of high electric load while the
vehicle is being used, recharge it at 2030A for two hours.
Battery capacity label
1. CMF65L-BCI : HYUNDAI model name
of battery
2. 12V : Nominal voltage
3. 60Ah(20HR) : Nominal capacity
(in Ampere hours)
4. 92RC : Nominal reserve capacity
(in min.)
5. 550CCA : Cold-test current
(in amperes by SAE)
6. 440A : Cold-test current
(in amperes by EN)
7 39
Maintenance
WARNING - Recharging
battery
When recharging the battery,
observe the following precautions:
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in an
area with good ventilation.
• Do not allow cigarettes, sparks,
or flame near the battery.
• Watch the battery during charging,
and stop or reduce the charging
rate if the battery cells begin
gassing (boiling) violently or if the
temperature of the electrolyte of
any cell exceeds 49°C (120°F).
• Wear eye protection when checking the battery during charging.
• Disconnect the battery charger in
the following order.
1. Turn off the battery charger main
switch.
2. Unhook the negative clamp from
the negative battery terminal.
3. Unhook the positive clamp from
the positive battery terminal.
(Continued)
7 40
(Continued)
• Before performing maintenance
or recharging the battery, turn off
all accessories and stop the
engine.
• The negative battery cable must
be removed first and installed
last when the battery is disconnected.
Reset items
Items should be reset after the battery
has been discharged or the battery has
been disconnected.
• Auto up/down window (See chapter 4)
• Climate control system
(See chapter 4)
• Audio (See chapter 4)
Maintenance
TIRES AND WHEELS
Tire care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
Recommended cold tire inflation
pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. “Cold Tires” means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or driven less than
1.6 km (one mile).
Recommended pressures must be
maintained for the best ride, top vehicle handling, and minimum tire wear.
For recommended inflation pressure
refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter 8.
WARNING - Tire underinflation
OBA073010
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the vehicle.
Severe underinflation (70 kPa
(10 psi) or more) can lead to
severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
leading to severe injury or
death. This risk is much higher
on hot days and when driving
for long periods at high speeds.
7 41
Maintenance
CAUTION
• Underinflation also results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation also is
possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Overinflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread, and
a greater possibility of damage from road hazards.
CAUTION
• Warm tires normally exceed
recommended cold tire pressures by 28 to 41 kPa (4 to 6
psi). Do not release air from
warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be underinflated.
• Be sure to reinstall the tire
inflation valve caps. Without
the valve cap, dirt or moisture
could get into the valve core
and cause air leakage. If a
valve cap is missing, install a
new one as soon as possible.
WARNING - Tire inflation
Overinflation or underinflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure. This
could result in loss of vehicle
control and potential injury.
7 42
CAUTION - Tire pressure
Always observe the following:
• Check tire pressure when the
tires are cold. (After vehicle
has been parked for at least
three hours or hasn't been
driven more than 1.6 km (one
mile) since startup.)
• Check the pressure of your
spare tire each time you check
the pressure of other tires.
• Never overload your vehicle.
Be careful not to overload a
vehicle luggage rack if your
vehicle is equipped with one.
• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. If your tread is badly
worn, or if your tires have
been damaged, replace them.
Maintenance
Checking tire inflation pressure
Check your tires once a month or
more.
Also, check the tire pressure of the
spare tire.
How to check
Use a good quality gage to check tire
pressure. You can not tell if your tires
are properly inflated simply by looking at them. Radial tires may look
properly inflated even when they're
underinflated.
Check the tire's inflation pressure
when the tires are cold. - "Cold"
means your vehicle has been sitting
for at least three hours or driven no
more than 1.6 km (1 mile).
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire and loading
information label, no further adjustment is necessary. If the pressure is
low, add air until you reach the recommended amount.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gage. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. They help prevent
leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.
WARNING
• Inspect your tires frequently
for proper inflation as well as
wear and damage. Always use
a tire pressure gauge.
• Tires with too much or too little
pressure wear unevenly causing poor handling, loss of vehicle control, and sudden tire
failure leading to accidents,
injuries, and even death. The
recommended cold tire pressure for your vehicle can be
found in this manual and on
the tire label located on the driver's side center pillar.
• Worn tires can cause accidents. Replace tires that are
worn, show uneven wear, or
are damaged.
• Remember to check the pressure of your spare tire.
HYUNDAI recommends that
you check the spare every
time you check the pressure
of the other tires on your vehicle.
7 43
Maintenance
Tire rotation
To equalize tread wear, it is recommended that the tires be rotated
every 12,000 km (7,500 miles) or
sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of tire.
Replace the tire if you find either of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness.
Refer to “Tire and wheels” in chapter
8.
With a full-size spare tire (if equipped)
WARNING
S2BLA790
Directional tires (if equipped)
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
✽ NOTICE
Rotate radial tires that have an
asymmetric tread pattern only from
front to rear and not from right to
left.
7 44
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that could result in death,
severe injury, or property
damage.
Maintenance
Wheel alignment and tire balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
CAUTION
Improper wheel weights can
damage your vehicle's aluminum wheels. Use only
approved wheel weights.
WARNING - Replacing
Tread wear indicator
OEN076053
Tire replacement
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the band to appear
across the entire tread before replacing the tire.
tires
To reduce the chance or serious
or fatal injuries from an accident caused by tire failure or
loss of vehicle control:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
too little or too much pressure
in your tires. This can lead to
uneven wear and tire failure.
• When replacing tires, never
mix radial and bias-ply tires
on the same car. You must
replace all tires (including the
spare) if moving from radial to
bias-ply tires.
(Continued)
7 45
Maintenance
(Continued)
• Using tires and wheel other
than the recommended sizes
could cause unusual handling
characteristics and poor vehicle control, resulting in a serious accident.
• Wheels that do not meet
HYUNDAI’s
specifications
may fit poorly and result in
damage to the vehicle or
unusual handling and poor
vehicle control.
• The ABS works by comparing
the speed of the wheels. Tire
size can affect wheel speed.
When replacing tires, all 4
tires must use the same size
originally supplied with the
vehicle. Using tires of a different size can cause the ABS
(Anti-lock Brake System) and
ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) (if equipped) to work
irregularly.
7 46
Wheel replacement
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
A wheel that is not the correct
size may adversely affect wheel
and bearing life, braking and
stopping abilities, handling
characteristics, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance,
snow
chain
clearance,
speedometer and odometer calibration, headlight aim and
bumper height.
Tire traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when tread wear indicators
appear. Slow down whenever there
is rain, snow or ice on the road, to
reduce the possibility of losing control.
Maintenance
Tire maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
2. Tire size designation
1
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
I030B04JM
Tire sidewall labeling
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or Brand name is
shown.
A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your vehicle. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
165/60R14 64T
165 - Tire width in millimeters.
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s chapter
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
64 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
T - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this chapter
for additional information.
7 47
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Tire speed ratings
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger car tire. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire's designed maximum safe operating speed.
Example wheel size designation:
5.0JX14
5.0 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
14 - Rim diameter in inches.
7 48
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
Z
Maximum Speed
180 km/h (112 mph)
190 km/h (118 mph)
210 km/h (130 mph)
240 km/h (149 mph)
Above 240 km/h (149 mph)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over 6 years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT means a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1613 represents
that the tire was produced in the 16th
week of 2013.
Maintenance
WARNING - Tire age
Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, we recommend that tires
generally be replaced after six
(6) years of normal service.
Heat caused by not climates or
frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging
process. Failure to follow this
Warning can result in sudden
tire failure, which could lead to
a loss of control and an accident involving serious injury or
death.
4. Tire ply composition and material
7. Uniform tire quality grading
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric are in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREADWEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
5. Maximum permissible inflation
pressure
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
6. Maximum load rating
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
7 49
Maintenance
These grades are molded on the
side-walls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicles
may vary with respect to grade.
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tires ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7 50
Temperature -A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grades B and A
represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
WARNING - Tire
temperature
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
build-up and possible sudden
tire failure. This can cause loss
of vehicle control and serious
injury or death.
Maintenance
Low aspect ratio tire (if equipped)
Low aspect ratio tires, the aspect
ratio is lower than 50, are provided
for sporty looks.
Because the low aspect ratio tires
are optimized for handling and braking, it may be more uncomfortable to
ride in and there is more noise compare with normal tires.
CAUTION
Because the sidewall of the low
aspect ratio tire is shorter than
the normal, the wheel and tire of
the low aspect ratio tire is easier to be damaged. So, follow the
instructions below.
- When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving,
inspect tires and wheels.
- When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or curb
stone, drive slowly so that the
tires and wheels are not damaged.
- If the tire is impacted, we recommend that you inspect the
tire condition or contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
- To prevent damage to the tire,
inspect the tire condition and
pressure every 3,000km.
CAUTION
• It is not easy to recognize the
tire damage with your own
eyes. But if there is the slightest hint of tire damage, even
though you cannot see the tire
damage with your own eyes,
have the tire checked or
replaced because the tire
damage may cause air leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
• You can find out the tire information on the tire sidewall.
7 51
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
■ Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
OJC070046D
7 52
A vehicle’s electrical system is protected
from electrical overload damage by
fuses.
This vehicle has 2 fuse panels, one located in the driver’s side panel bolster, the
other in the engine compartment near
the battery.
If any of your vehicle’s lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check the
appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse has
blown, the element inside the fuse will
melt.
If the electrical system does not work,
first check the driver’s side fuse panel.
Always replace a blown fuse with one of
the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this indicates an electrical problem. Avoid using
the system involved and we recommend
that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
✽ NOTICE
Three kinds of fuses are used: blade
type for lower amperage rating, cartridge type, and fusible link for higher
amperage ratings.
WARNING - Fuse replacement
• Never replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly a
fire.
• Never install a wire or aluminum
foil instead of the proper fuse even as a temporary repair. It may
cause extensive wiring damage
and a possible fire.
CAUTION
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove fuses
because it may cause a short circuit
and damage the system.
Maintenance
■ Left-hand drive - Type A
■ Left-hand drive - Type B
■ Right-hand drive - Type A
■ Right-hand drive - Type B
OBA073013
3. Pull the suspected fuse straight out.
Use the removal tool provided in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that you
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBA073011/OBA073011IN/OBA073011L/OBA073011R
Instrument panel fuse replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other switches off.
2. Open the fuse panel cover.
7 53
Maintenance
In an emergency, if you do not have a
spare, use a fuse of the same rating from
a circuit you may not need for operating
the vehicle, such as the cigarette lighter
fuse.
If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses are
OK, check the fuse block in the engine
compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must
be replaced.
■ Left-hand drive
CAUTION
OBA073012
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073012IN
Fuse switch (for Type A)
Always, put the fuse switch at the ON
position.
If you move the switch to the OFF position, some items must be reset and
remote key or smart key may not work
properly.
7 54
• Always place the fuse switch in
the ON position while driving the
vehicle. If the switch is in the OFF
position, a warning will appear on
the instrument cluster. (Refer to
“Instrument Cluster” in chapter 4.)
• The theft alarm system will not
activate with the fuse switch in the
OFF position.
Maintenance
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Turn off the headlights and tail lights.
3. Open the driver’s side panel cover and
pull up the memory fuse.
■ Left-hand drive
✽ NOTICE
OBA073012L
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073012R
Memory fuse (for Type B)
Your vehicle is equipped with the memory fuse to prevent battery discharge if
your vehicle is parked without being
operated for prolonged periods. Use the
following procedures before parking the
vehicle for prolonged periods.
• If the memory fuse is pulled up from
the fuse panel, the warning chime,
audio, clock and interior lamps, etc.,
will not operate. Some items must be
reset after replacement. Refer to
“Battery” in this chapter.
• Even though the memory fuse is
pulled up, the battery can still be discharged by operation of the headlights or other electrical devices.
OBA073014
Engine compartment panel fuse
replacement
1. Turn the ignition switch and all other
switches off.
2. Remove the fuse box cover by pressing the tap and pulling the cover up.
3. Remove and check the suspected
fuse; replace it if it is blown. To remove
or insert the fuse, use the fuse puller in
the engine compartment fuse panel.
4. Push in a new fuse of the same rating,
and make sure it fits tightly in the clips.
If it fits loosely, we recommend that you
consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 55
Maintenance
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in the
engine compartment, securely
install the fuse box cover. If not,
electrical failures may occur from
water leaking in.
OBA073015
Main fuse (multi fuse)
If the main fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
2. Remove the nuts shown in the picture
above.
3. Replace the fuse with a new one of the
same rating.
4. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
✽ NOTICE
If the main fuse is blown, we recommend that you consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7 56
Maintenance
■ Type A
■ Left-hand drive
OBA073016
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073016IN
OBA073041R
Fuse/relay panel description
✽ NOTICE
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
the \fuse/relay name and capacity.
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It
is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle,
refer to the fuse panel label.
7 57
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
RR HTD
30A
A/CON 1
7.5A
A/C Control Module (Auto)
SAFETY POWER
WINDOW
25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module
15A
Stop Signal Electronic Module, Data Link Connector
P/WDW LH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD), Passenger Power
Window Switch (RHD)
P/WDW RH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD), Passenger
Power Window Switch (LHD)
10A
Smart Key Control Module, Start/Stop Button Switch
10A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Vacuum Pump Relay)
7.5A
B/Alarm Relay, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay), PCM, Smart Key Control Module,
Transaxle Range Switch
25A
Smart Key Control Module
10A
Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
15A
A/T : Transaxle Range Switch, Pulse Generator 'A'/'B'
M/T : Vehicle Speed Sensor, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (F34)
STOP LAMP
STOP
LAMP
2
PDM 2
SENSOR
S
START
1
PDM 1
BRAKE SWITCH
TCU
7 58
T
RR HTD Relay
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
BLOWER
7.5A
PCM, A/C Control Module, Electronic A/C Compressor, Blower Switch, Blower Resistor
DR LOCK
20A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, T/Gate Unlock Relay, Crash Door Unlock Unit
HTD MIRR
10A
PCM, A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
10A
Stop Lamp Switch, Crash Pad Switch, Rear Parking Assist, Rear Parking Assist Sensor
(Center) LH/RHSensor LH/RH
25A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
10A
Data Link Connector, Digital Clock, Instrument Cluster, BCM, Tire Pressure Motoring
Module, A/C Control Module, Crash Door Unlock Unit, Audio
10A
Luggage Lamp, Room Lamp
10A
E/R Junction Box (Multipurpose Check Connector), A/C Control Module
10A
PCM, Smart Key Control Module, Alternator (G3LA/G4LA)
10A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay), A/C Control Module
MULTI
MEDIA
20A
Auido
POWER
OUTLET
20A
Rear Power Outlet
MODULE 2
2
MODULE
WIPER
MEMORY
MEMORY
INTERIOR LAMP
MODULE 3
3
MODULE
E
ECU
A/CON 2
MULTI MEDIA
POWER
OUTLET 2
2
7 59
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Symbol
Circuit Protected
CLUSTER
10A
Instrument Cluster
ABS
7.5A
ESP Control Module
10A
-
15A
Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
20A
Power Outlet
A/BAG
10A
SRS Control Module
MDPS
7.5A
MDPS Unit
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module
ACC
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Digital Clock, Auido, Power Outside Mirror Switch
A/BAG IND
10A
Instrument Cluster
10A
BCM, SBR Indicator
MODULE 5
5
MODULE
WIPER RR
POWER
OUTLET 1
MODULE 4
MODULE 1
7 60
Fuse rating
1
POWER
OUTLET
4
1
MODULE
MODULE
Maintenance
■ Type B
■ Left-hand drive
OBA073016
■ Right-hand drive
OBA073016IN
OBA073039R
Instrument panel fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
the \fuse/relay name and capacity.
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It
is accurate at the time of printing. When you inspect the fuse panel in your vehicle,
refer to the fuse panel label.
✽ NOTICE
7 61
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
ROOM LAMP
10A
Luggage Lamp, Room Lamp
AUDIO
20A
Auido
RR HTD
30A
A/CON 1
7.5A
A/C Control Module (Auto)
SAFETY POWER
WINDOW
25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module
15A
Stop Signal Electronic Module, Data Link Connector
P/WDW LH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD), Passenger Power
Window Switch (RHD)
P/WDW RH
25A
Power Window Main Switch, Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD), Passenger
Power Window Switch (LHD)
10A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Vacuum Pump Relay)
START
7.5A
B/Alarm Relay, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Start Relay), PCM, Smart Key Control Module,
Transaxle Range Switch
BRAKE SWITCH
10A
Smart Key Control Module, Stop Lamp Switch
15A
A/T : Transaxle Range Switch, Pulse Generator 'A'/'B'
M/T : Vehicle Speed Sensor, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (F34)
STOP LAMP
SENSOR
TCU
7 62
STOP
LAMP
S
T
RR HTD Relay
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Symbol
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
BLOWER
7.5A
PCM, A/C Control Module, Electronic A/C Compressor, Blower Switch, Blower Resistor
DR LOCK
20A
Door Lock/Unlock Relay, T/Gate Unlock Relay, Crash Door Unlock Unit
HTD MIRR
10A
PCM, A/C Control Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror
10A
Stop Lamp Switch, Crash Pad Switch, Rear Parking Assist, Rear Parking Assist Sensor
(Center) LH/RHSensor LH/RH
25A
Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
10A
E/R Junction Box (Multipurpose Check Connector), A/C Control Module
10A
PCM, Smart Key Control Module, Alternator (G3LA/G4LA)
10A
PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Blower Relay), A/C Control Module
20A
Rear Power Outlet
CLUSTER
10A
Instrument Cluster
ABS
7.5A
ESP Control Module
10A
-
MODULE 2
2
MODULE
WIPER
MODULE 3
3
MODULE
E
ECU
A/CON 2
POWER
OUTLET 2
MODULE 5
2
POWER
OUTLET
5
MODULE
7 63
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Symbol
Circuit Protected
15A
Rear Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
20A
Power Outlet
A/BAG
10A
SRS Control Module
MDPS
7.5A
MDPS Unit
ACC
10A
BCM, Smart Key Control Module, Digital Clock, Auido, Power Outside Mirror Switch
A/BAG IND
10A
Instrument Cluster
T/SIG
10A
Side Repeater Lamp (LH/RH), Rear Combination Lamp (LH/RH)
WIPER RR
POWER
OUTLET 1
7 64
Fuse rating
1
POWER
OUTLET
Maintenance
OBA073014
Engine compartment fuse panel
Inside the fuse/relay panel covers, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing
fuse/relay name and capacity.
✽ NOTICE
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your vehicle. It is accurate at the time of printing.
When you inspect the fuse panel in your
vehicle, refer to the fuse panel label.
OIA073033
7 65
Maintenance
Engine compartment main fuse panel
Fuse Name
MULTI
FUSE
Symbol
MDPS
80A
ALT
B+4
Fuse rating
MDPS Unit
125A (150A) Alternator, Fuse - F3 / F4 / F6, PCB Fuse & Relay Box
4
2
ESP 2
1
ESP 1
50A
Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F1 / F2)
30A
ESP Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector
50A
ESP Control Module
B+1
1
50A
Smart Junction Box (T/Sig Sound Relay, Fuse : F10, ARISU-LT1, IPS 3)
B+3
3
40A
Smart Junction Box (Power Window Relay, Fuse : F4, ARISU-LT2, IPS 5)
B+2
2
50A
Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F5 / F9 / F13 / F14 / F17, Leak Current Autocut Device
Fuse : F23 / F24 / F29)
IG1
40A
W/O Button Start : Ignition Switch
With Button Start : PDM Relay Box (IG1 / ACC Relay)
FRT WIPER
7.5A
PCM, Front Wiper Motor, Multifunction Switch
BLOWER
40A
Blower Relay
30A
Engine Control Relay, Fuse : F25 / F26
FUSE
ECU1
7 66
Circuit Protected
E1
Maintenance
Fuse Name
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
F/PUMP
15A
F/Pump 1 Relay
HORN
10A
Horn Relay, B/Alarm Horn Relay
A/CON
10A
A/CON Relay
20A
Vacuum Pump Relay
HEADLAMP
DIPPED
BEAM
15A
Headlamp High Beam
HEADLAMP
HIGH BEAM
20A
Headlamp Low Beam
C/FAN
40A
C/FAN LO Relay, C/FAN HI Relay
IG2
40A
Start Relay, Ignition Switch (W/O Button Start), PDM Relay Box (IG2 Relay) (With
Button Start)
VACUUM
PUMP
FUSE
Symbol
VACUUM
PUMP
ECU3
E3
10A
PCM
ECU2
E2
10A
B3LA : PCM, Shut Off Valve #1/#2
SENSOR
S1
10A
C/FAN LO Relay, C/FAN HI Relay, A/CON Relay, Start Relay (G3LA, With ISG),
PCM, Oil Control Valve #1/#2 (IN/EX), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Camshaft
Position Sensor #1/#2 (IN/EX)
SENSOR2
S2
10A
G3LA/G4LA : PCM
7 67
Maintenance
Fuse Name
7 68
Fuse rating
Circuit Protected
10A
Head Lamp LH
HEADLAMP
DIPPED
BEAMS
10A
Head Lamp RH
20A
Not Used
INJECTOR
10A
PCM, Immobilizer Module, F/Pump 1 Relay
G3LA : Injector #1/#2/#3, G4LA : Injector #1/#2/#3/#4
B3LA : Injector #1/#2/#3 (GSL), Injector #1/#2/#3 (LPI), Crash Pad Switch
IGN COIL
15A
G3LA/B3LA : Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3, Condenser
G4LA : Ignition Coil
B/UP LAMP
7.5A
A/T : PCM, Transaxle Range Switch, BCM, Instrument Cluster, Rear Combination
Lamp LH/RH
M/T : Back-Up Lamp Switch, Smart Junction Box (Fuse : F15)
HEADLAMP
HI INDICATOR
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, PCB Fuse & Relay Box (Head Lamp (H) Relay)
ECU4
FUSE
Symbol
HEADLAMP
DIPPED
BEAMS
E4
Maintenance
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
to replace most vehicle light bulbs. It is
difficult to replace vehicle light bulbs
because other parts of the vehicle must
be removed before you can get to the
bulb. This is especially true for removing
the headlight assembly to get to the
bulb(s). Removing/installing the headlight assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
✽ NOTICE
After heavy driving, rain or washing
headlight and taillight lenses could
appear frosty. This condition is caused
by the temperature difference between
the lamp inside and outside. This is similar to the condensation on your windows inside your vehicle during the rain
and doesn’t indicate a problem with
your vehicle. If the water leaks into the
lamp bulb circuitry, we recommend that
the system be checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Prior to replacing a light, depress
the foot brake, move the shift
lever into the P (Park, for automatic transaxle vehicle) or neutral (for manual transaxle vehicle), apply the parking brake,
place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position,
and take the key with you when
leaving the vehicle to avoid sudden movement of the vehicle and
to prevent possible electric
shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be hot
and may burn your fingers.
CAUTION
Be sure to replace the burned-out
bulb with one of the same wattage
rating. Otherwise, it may cause
damage to the fuse or electric
wiring system.
7 69
Maintenance
(Continued)
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
• Wear eye protection when changing a bulb. Allow the bulb to cool
down before handling it.
✽ NOTICE
OBA073018
Headlight, position light, turn signal light, and front fog light bulb
replacement
(1) Headlight (Low/High)
(2) Parking(Position) light
(3) Front turn signal light
(4) Front fog light / Daytime running light
(if equipped)
7 70
OHD076046
WARNING - Halogen bulbs
• Halogen bulbs contain pressurized gas that will produce flying
pieces of glass if broken.
• Always handle them carefully,
and avoid scratches and abrasions. If the bulbs are lit, avoid
contact with liquids. Never touch
the glass with bare hands.
Residual oil may cause the bulb
to overheat and burst when lit. A
bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlight.
(Continued)
If the headlight aiming adjustment is
necessary after the headlight assembly is
reinstalled, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Maintenance
Headlight
Turn signal light
Parking(Position)
light
OBA073047R
Headlight (Low/High)
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlight bulb cover by
turning it counterclockwise.
3. Disconnect the headlight bulb socketconnector.
4. Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining
wire by depressing the end and pushing it upward.
5. Remove the bulb from the headlight
assembly.
6. Install a new headlight bulb and snap
the headlight bulb retaining wire into
position by aligning the wire with the
groove on the bulb.
7. Connect the headlight bulb socket connector.
8. Install the headlight bulb cover by turning it clockwise.
Turn signal light
1. Remove the turn signal light bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
2. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the
socket and rotating it until it locks into
place.
4. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
5. Install the turn signal light bulb cover
by turning it clockwise.
Parking(Position) light
1. Remove the socket from the assembly
by pulling it straight out.
2. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pulling it out.
3. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the
socket.
4. Install the socket in the assembly by
pushing it in.
7 71
Maintenance
Front fog light bulb replacement
1. Reach your hand into the back of the
front bumper.
2. Disconnect the power connector from
the socket.
3. Remove the bulb-socket from the
housing by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket
align with the slots on the housing.
4. Install the new bulb-socket into the
housing by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the housing.
Push the socket into the housing and
turn the socket clockwise.
5. Connect the power connector to the
socket.
6. Reinstall the front bumper under cover.
■ 5 Door
OBA073020
OBA073019R
■ 4 Door
Side repeater light bulb replacement
If the light bulb does not operate, we recommend that the vehicle be checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBA074049
Rear combination light bulb
replacement
(1) Stop and tail light
(2) Back up light
(3) Rear turn signal light
7 72
Maintenance
■ 5 Door
Stop and tail light
Turn signal light
Back up light
OBA073046R
OBA073045R
■ 4 Door
Stop and tail light
1. Open the tailgate/trunk.
2. Loosen the light assembly retaining
screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
3. Remove the rear combination light
assembly from the body of the vehicle.
5. Remove the bulb from the socket by
pressing it in and rotating it counterclockwise until the tabs on the bulb
align with the slots in the socket. Pull
the bulb out of the socket.
6. Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the
socket and rotating it until it locks into
place.
7. Install the socket in the assembly by
aligning the tabs on the socket with the
slots in the assembly. Push the socket
into the assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
8. Reinstall the light assembly to the body
of the vehicle.
Back up light
Turn signal light
OBA074046
4. Remove the socket from the assembly
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the assembly.
7 73
Maintenance
Rear fog light bulb replacement
(if equipped)
■ 5 Door
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OBA073021
■ 4 Door
OBA073022
License plate light bulb replacement
OBA074021
High mounted stop light replacement
If the light does not operate, we recommend that the system be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7 74
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, remove
the light assembly from the body of the
vehicle by prying the housing and
pulling the assembly out.
2. Separate the socket and the lens part
by turning the socket counterclockwise
until the tabs on the socket align with
the slots on the lens part.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
4. Insert a new bulb in the socket.
5. Reassemble the socket and the housing part.
6. Reinstall the light assembly to the body
of the vehicle.
Maintenance
■ Room lamp
■ Luggage room lamp
Interior light bulb replacement
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver, gently
pry the lens from the interior light housing.
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight
out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior light
housing notches and snap the lens into
place.
CAUTION
■ Glove box lamp
OTD079037/OBA073024/OBA073023
Be careful not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
7 75
Maintenance
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning and
caution statements that appear on the
label.
Finish maintenance
Washing
To help protect your vehicle’s finish from
rust and deterioration, wash it thoroughly
and frequently at least once a month with
lukewarm or cold water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road driving, you should wash it after each offroad trip. Pay special attention to the
removal of any accumulation of salt, dirt,
mud, and other foreign materials. Make
sure the drain holes in the lower edges of
the doors and rocker panels are kept
clear and clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar deposits
can damage your vehicle’s finish if not
removed immediately.
7 76
Even prompt washing with plain water
may not completely remove all these
deposits. A mild soap, safe for use on
painted surfaces, may be used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water. Do
not allow soap to dry on the finish.
CAUTION
Do not use strong soap, chemical
detergents or hot water, and do not
wash the vehicle in direct sunlight
or when the body of the vehicle is
warm.
WARNING - Wet brakes
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
OJB037800
CAUTION
• Water washing in the engine compartment including high pressure
water washing may cause the failure of electrical circuits located in
the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids
to come in contact with electrical/electronic components inside
the vehicle as this may damage
them.
Maintenance
Waxing
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle before
waxing. Use a good quality liquid or
paste wax, and follow the manufacturer’s
instructions. Wax all metal trim to protect
it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials
with a spot remover will usually strip the
wax from the finish. Be sure to re-wax
these areas even if the rest of the vehicle
does not yet need waxing.
Finish damage repair
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly rust
and may develop into a major repair
expense.
✽ NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and requires
any metal repair or replacement, be sure
the body shop applies anti-corrosion
materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects, use a
tar remover, not a scraper or other
sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal
parts from corrosion, apply a coating of
wax or chrome preservative and rub to
a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts with
a heavier coating of wax or preservative. If necessary, coat the parts with
non-corrosive petroleum jelly or other
protective compound.
CAUTION
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated
or anodized aluminum parts. This
may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration.
7 77
Maintenance
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may collect on the underbody. If these materials
are not removed, accelerated rusting can
occur on underbody parts such as the
fuel lines, frame, floor pan and exhaust
system, even though they have been
treated with rust protection.
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody
and wheel openings with lukewarm or
cold water once a month, after off-road
driving and at the end of each winter. Pay
special attention to these areas because
it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt. It
will do more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it. The
lower edges of the doors, rocker panels,
and frame members have drain holes
that should not clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
7 78
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test the
brakes while driving slowly to see if
they have been affected by water. If
braking performance is impaired,
dry the brakes by applying them
lightly while maintaining a slow forward speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated with a
clear protective finish.
• Do not use any abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or wire
brushes on aluminum wheels. They
may scratch or damage the finish.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral detergent, and rinse thoroughly with water.
Also, be sure to clean the wheels after
driving on salted roads. This helps prevent corrosion.
• Avoid washing the wheels with highspeed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any acid detergent. It may
damage and corrode the aluminum
wheels coated with a clear protective
finish.
Maintenance
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design and
construction practices to combat corrosion, we produces cars of the highest
quality. However, this is only part of the
job. To achieve the long-term corrosion
resistance your vehicle can deliver, the
owner's cooperation and assistance is
also required.
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion
on your car are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath the
car.
• Removal of paint or protective coatings
by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor
scrapes and dents which leave unprotected metal exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your car is
regularly exposed to corrosive materials,
corrosion protection is particularly important. Some of the common causes of
accelerated corrosion are road salts,
dust control chemicals, ocean air and
industrial pollution.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in which
corrosion is most likely to occur. For
example, corrosion is accelerated by
high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just above freezing. In such
conditions, the corrosive material is kept
in contact with the vehicle’s surfaces with
moisture that slowly evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive because it
dries slowly and holds moisture in contact with the vehicle. Although the mud
appears to be dry, it can still retain moisture and promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate
corrosion of parts that are not properly
ventilated so the moisture can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to keep your vehicle
clean and free of mud or accumulations
of other materials. This applies not only
to the visible surfaces but particularly to
the underside of the vehicle.
7 79
Maintenance
To help prevent corrosion
You can help prevent corrosion from getting started by observing the following:
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is to
keep your vehicle clean and free of corrosive materials. Attention to the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area —
where road salts are used, near the
ocean, areas with industrial pollution,
acid rain, etc.—, you should take extra
care to prevent corrosion. In winter,
hose off the underside of your vehicle
at least once a month and be sure to
clean the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7 80
• When cleaning underneath the vehicle,
give particular attention to the components under the fenders and other
areas that are hidden from view. Do a
thorough job; just dampening the accumulated mud rather than washing it
away will accelerate corrosion rather
than prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly effective in removing accumulated mud and
corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members, be
sure that drain holes are kept open so
that moisture can escape and not be
trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp, poorly
ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is
particularly true if you wash your vehicle
in the garage or drive it into the garage
when it is still wet or covered with snow,
ice or mud. Even a heated garage can
contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish should be
covered with "touch-up" paint as soon as
possible to reduce the possibility of corrosion. If bare metal is showing through,
the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings : Bird droppings are highly corrosive and may damage painted
surfaces in just a few hours. Always
remove bird droppings as soon as possible.
Don't neglect the interior
Moisture can collect under the floor mats
and carpeting and cause corrosion.
Check under the mats periodically to be
sure the carpeting is dry. Use particular
care if you carry fertilizers, cleaning
materials or chemicals in the vehicle.
These should be carried only in proper
containers and any spills or leaks should
be cleaned up, flushed with clean water
and thoroughly dried.
Maintenance
Interior care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting
the dashboard because they may cause
damage or discoloration. If they do contact the dashboard, wipe them off immediately. See the instructions for the proper way to clean vinyl.
CAUTION
Never allow water or other liquids
to
come
in
contact
with
electrical/electronic components
inside the vehicle as this may damage them.
Cleaning the upholstery and interior
trim
Vinyl
Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean vinyl surfaces with a vinyl cleaner.
Fabric
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric
with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.
Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets.
Remove fresh spots immediately with a
fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots do not
receive immediate attention, the fabric
can be stained and its color can be
affected. Also, its fire-resistant properties
can be reduced if the material is not
properly maintained.
CAUTION
Cleaning the lap/shoulder belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for cleaning
upholstery or carpet. Follow the instructions provided with the soap. Do not
bleach or re-dye the webbing because
this may weaken it.
Cleaning the interior window glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with
an oily, greasy or waxy film), they should
be cleaned with glass cleaner. Follow the
directions on the glass cleaner container.
CAUTION
Do not scrape or scratch the inside
of the rear window. This may result
in damage to the rear window
defroster grid.
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may affect
the fabric’s appearance and fireresistant properties.
7 81
Maintenance
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty information contained in the Service Passport
in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system to meet all emission
regulations.
There are three emission control systems which are as follows.
Caution for the Inspection and
Maintenance Test (With Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing,
turn the Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system off by pressing the
ESC switch.
• After dynamometer testing is completed, turn the ESC system back on
by pressing the ESC switch again.
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
1. Crankcase emission control
system
In order to assure the proper function of
the emission control systems, it is recommended that you have your vehicle
inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer in accordance with
the maintenance schedule in this manual.
The positive crankcase ventilation system is employed to prevent air pollution
caused by blow-by gases being emitted
from the crankcase. This system supplies
fresh filtered air to the crankcase through
the air intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by gases,
which then pass through the PCV valve
into the induction system.
7 82
2. Evaporative emission control
System
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere.
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in the
canister are drawn into the surge tank
through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is controlled by the Engine Control Module
(ECM); when the engine coolant temperature is low during idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken
into the engine. After the engine warms
up during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to the
engine.
Maintenance
3. Exhaust emission control
system
The Exhaust Emission Control System is
a highly effective system which controls
exhaust emissions while maintaining
good vehicle performance.
Vehicle modifications
This vehicle should not be modified.
Modification of your vehicle could affect
its performance, safety or durability and
may even violate governmental safety
and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance
problems resulting from any modification
may not be covered under warranty.
Engine exhaust gas precautions
(carbon monoxide)
• Carbon monoxide can be present with
other exhaust fumes. Therefore, if you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind inside
your vehicle, have it inspected and
repaired immediately. If you ever suspect exhaust fumes are coming into
your vehicle, drive it only with all the
windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING - Exhaust
Engine exhaust gases contain carbon monoxide (CO). Though colorless and odorless, it is dangerous
and could be lethal if inhaled.
Follow the instructions following to
avoid CO poisoning.
• Do not operate the engine in confined
or closed areas (such as garages) any
more than what is necessary to move
the vehicle in or out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short time
with the engine running, adjust the
ventilation system (as needed) to draw
outside air into the vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped vehicle for any extended time with the
engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to start,
excessive attempts to restart the
engine may cause damage to the
emission control system.
7 83
Maintenance
Operating precautions for catalytic
converters (if equipped)
WARNING - Fire
A hot exhaust system can ignite
flammable items under your vehicle. Do not park the vehicle over or
near flammable objects, such as
grass, vegetation, paper, leaves,
etc.
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic
converter emission control device.
Therefore, the following precautions
must be observed:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for gasoline engine.
• Do not operate the vehicle when there
are signs of engine malfunction, such
as misfire or a noticeable loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the engine.
Examples of misuse are coasting with
the ignition off and descending steep
grades in gear with the ignition off.
7 84
• Do not operate the engine at high idle
speed for extended periods (5 minutes
or more).
• Do not modify or tamper with any part
of the engine or emission control system. We recommend that the system
be inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.
If you run out of gasoline, it could
cause the engine to misfire and damage the catalytic converter.
Failure to observe these precautions
could result in damage to the catalytic
converter and to your vehicle.
Additionally, such actions could void your
warranties.
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
ENGINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
BULB WATTAGE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
TIRES AND WHEELS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND
CAPACITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4
• Recommended SAE viscosity number . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN). . . . . . 8-6
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL . . . 8-7
ENGINE NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
AIR CONDITIONER COMPRESSOR LABEL . . . . . . 8-7
8
Specifications & Consumer information
DIMENSIONS
BULB WATTAGE
Item
mm (in)
Overall length
3995 (157.3)* /3765 (148.2)*
Headlights (High/Low)
60/55
Light Bulb
1
2
Overall width
1660 (65.4)* *
Front turn signal light
21
Overall height
1520 (59.8)*1 *2
Parking(Position) light
5
Front tread
1479 (58.2)
Front fog light*
35
1
2
Rear tread
1493 (58.8)
Wheelbase
2425 (95.5)*1 *2
Front
Side repeater light*
5
Daytime running light*
21
Stop and tail light
*1 : 4 Door
*2 : 5 Door
Rear
ENGINE
Item
Displacement
Bore x Stroke
Firing order
No. of cylinders
8 2
Wattage
cc
(cu. in)
mm
(in.)
1.0 Kappa
1.2 Kappa
997 (60.8)
1,248 (76.2)
71.0x84.0
(2.8x3.3)
1-2-3
3
71.0x78.8
(2.8x3.1)
1-3-2-4
4
Interior
21/5
Back-up light
16
Rear turn signal light
21
Rear fog light*
21
High mounted stop light*
5
License plate light
5
Room lamp
8
Luggage room lamp*
8
Glove box lamp*
5
* : If equipped
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRES AND WHEELS
Inflation pressure kPa (psi)
Item
Full size tire
Tire size
165/65R14
Wheel size
5.0J×14
Normal load
Maximum load
Front
Rear
Front
Rear
230
(33)
230
(33)
250
(36)
250
(36)
Wheel lug nut torque
kg•m (lb•ft, N•m)
9~11
(65~79, 88~107)
8 3
Specifications & Consumer information
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality. The correct
lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.
Lubricant
Volume
Classification
1.0L
3.0 l (3.16 US qt.)
1.2L
3.6 l (3.8 US qt.)
API Service SM or above,
ILSAC GF-4 or above
1.0L/1.2L
1.9 ~ 2.0 l
(2.0 ~ 2.1 US qt.)
API Service GL-4, SAE 75W/85
(HYUNDAI genuine transaxle fluid)
1.0L
5.7 l (6.02 US qt.)
1.2L
6.1 l (6.44 US qt.)
Engine oil *1 *2
(drain and refill)
Manual transaxle fluid
Automatic transaxle fluid
M/T*3
4.6 l (4.86 US qt.)
4
A/T*
4.8 l (5.07 US qt.)
M/T*3
5.1 l (5.38 US qt.)
A/T*
5.2 l (5.49 US qt.)
1.0L
Coolant
1.2L
Brake/Clutch fluid
Fuel
4
DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
MIXTURE, Antifreeze with water
(Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum
radiator)
0.7~0.8 l
(0.7~0.8 US qt.)
FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4
43 l (11.4 US gal.)
-
* Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the next page.
*2 Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year’s time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 M/T : Manual transaxle
*4 A/T : Automatic transaxle
1
8 4
Specifications & Consumer information
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain plug, or
dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant. This is especially
important in dusty or sandy areas
and when the vehicle is used on
unpaved roads. Cleaning the plug
and dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the engine
and other mechanisms that could
be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an
effect on fuel economy and cold weather
operation (engine start and engine oil
flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils
can provide better fuel economy and cold
weather performance, however, higher
viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather.
Temperature
Using oils of any viscosity other than
those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range
of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change.
Proceed to select the recommended oil
viscosity from the chart.
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
20W-50
Gasoline
Engine Oil *1
15W-40
10W-30
5W-20*2, 5W-30
*1. For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity grade SAE
5W-20 (API SM / ILSAC GF-4). However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,
select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
*2. For middle East, do not use engine oil of viscosity grade SAE 5W-20.
8 5
Specifications & Consumer information
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ Type B
■ Type A
OBA083005L
OBA083001
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is
the number used in registering your vehicle and in all legal matters pertaining to
its ownership, etc.
The number is punched below the passenger's(or driver’s) seat.
The VIN is also on a plate attached to the
top of the dashboard. The number on the
plate can easily be seen through the
windshield from outside.
8 6
OBA083002
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver’s (or front passenger’s) side
center pillar gives the vehicle identification number (VIN).
Specifications & Consumer information
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
OBA073010
The tires supplied on your new vehicle
are chosen to provide the best performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver's side
center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
AIR CONDITIONER
COMPRESSOR LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
OBA083003
The engine number is stamped on the
engine block as shown in the drawing.
OHDC081001
A compressor label informs you the type
of compressor your vehicle is equipped
with such as model, supplier part number, production number, refrigerant (1)
and refrigerant oil (2).
8 7
OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication.
However, Hyundai reserves the right to make changes at any time so that
our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai models and includes descriptions and
explanations of optional as well as standard equipment. As a result, you
may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited
warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other government agencies in your country.
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you choose
to install one of these devices.
F2
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
WARNING
This indicates that a condition may result in harm, serious injury or death to you or other
persons if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION
This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the
caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
✽ NOTICE
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
F3
FOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating people who drive
Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we build is something of which we're very
proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested that you read it carefully because the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that service and maintenance on your vehicle be performed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.
HYUNDAI MOTOR INDIA
Note : Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this Hyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION
Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that do not meet
Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the specifications listed on
Page 8-4 in the Vehicle Specifications chapter of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2013 Hyundai Motor India Ltd. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in any retrieval
system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hyundai Motor India Ltd.
F4
table of contents
Introduction
1
Your vehicle at a glance
2
Safety features of your vehicle
3
Features of your vehicle
4
Driving your vehicle
5
What to do in an emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications & Consumer information
8
Index
I
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement